Ocurrió un error. Detalles Ocultar
Usted tiene páginas sin guardar. Restablecer Cancelar

Estados Unidos de América

  • Presidente:Donald J. Trump
  • Vicepresidente:Mike Pence
  • Capital:Washington, D.C.
  • Idiomas:English 79.2%, Spanish 12.9%, other Indo-European 3.8%, Asian and Pacific island 3.3%, other 0.9% (2011 est.) note: data represents the language spoken at home; the US has no official national language, but English has acquired official status in 31 of the 50 states; Hawaiian is an official language in the state of Hawaii
  • Gobierno
  • Instituto Nacional de Estadística
  • Población:323.127.513 (2016)
  • Área:9.147.420 (2016)
  • PIB per cápita:57.467 (2016)
  • GDP, billion current US$:18.569,1 (2016)
  • Índice de GINI:41,06 (2013)
  • Ranking de Facilidad para Hacer Negocios:8 (2016)
Todos los conjuntos de datos:  1 2 3 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W Y Z
  • 1
    • septiembre 2016
      Fuente: Integrated Postsecondary Education Data System
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 octubre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • septiembre 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 septiembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This indicator gives the percentage of all 18-year-olds who are still in any kind of school (all ISCED levels). It gives an indication of the number of young people who have not abandoned their efforts to improve their skills through initial education and it includes both those who had a regular education career without any delays as well as those who are continuing even if they had to repeat some steps in the past.
  • 2
    • febrero 2017
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 agosto, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset contains the main results of the 2014 Eurostat-OECD PPP comparison for the 47 countries that participated in the 2014 round of the Eurostat-OECD Purchasing Power Parity (PPP) Programme. The dataset is organised in 23 tables which show results both in US dollars and OECD as reference (Table 1.1 to Table 1.12) and in euros and European Union as reference (Table 2.1 to Table 2.11) calculated with the EKS method. The tables contain the following information: Table 1.1 to 1.12 The dollar serves as numeraire and the OECD as reference country (except for Table 1.12 where the United States are the reference country). Table 1.1 and Table 1.2 present the data on which the following ten tables are based. • Table 1.1 gives nominal expenditure in national currency of the participating countries. • Table 1.2 presents PPPs (OECD=1.00) that have been calculated for the participating countries using the price and expenditure data collected during the 2014 round. The PPPs were obtained by the EKS method of calculation and aggregation. • Table 1.3 shows nominal expenditure of Table 1.1 converted to US dollars. Exchange rates do not reflect the relative purchasing power of different currencies and the converted expenditure is still expressed at national prices. As such, it remains nominal measures, the spatial equivalent of a time series of GDP for a single country at current prices. Hence, they are called “nominal expenditure”. The nominal expenditure in the table reflects both differences in the quantities of goods and services purchased in the countries and differences in the price levels of the countries. • Table 1.4 gives nominal expenditure of Table 1.3 expressed on a per capita basis using the midyear population data. • Table 1.5 and Table 1.6 present the nominal expenditure from Table 1.3 and the nominal expenditure per head from Table 1.4 as indices with OECD=100. • Table 1.7 shows real expenditure converted to US dollar using the PPPs from Table 1.2. PPPs equalise the purchasing power of different currencies during the process of conversion and the converted expenditures are expressed at international prices (that is at the same price level). As such, they are real measures, the spatial equivalent of a time series of GDP for a single country at constant prices. Hence, they are called “real expenditures”. The real final expenditures in the table reflect only differences in the volumes of goods and services purchased in the countries. • Table 1.8 gives the real expenditure of Table 1.7 expressed on a per capita basis using the midyear population data. Again, the real expenditures per head in this table are not additive nor are they subject to the Gerschenkron effect. • Table 1.9 and Table 1.10 present the real expenditure on GDP from Table 1.7 and the real final expenditure per head on GDP from Table 1.8 as indices with OECD=100. • Table 1.11 gives the price levels which are computed as ratios of the PPPs in Table 1.2 to the exchange rates and are expressed as indices with OECD=100. For a given aggregate, they indicate the number of units of the common currency needed to buy the same volume of the  aggregate in each country. Price levels that exceed 100 indicate that the level of prices in that country and for that analytical category is higher than the average price level for the OECD. • Table 1.12 present PPPs as in Table 1.2 (see description above) but with the United States as reference country (US=1.00). Table 2.1 to 2.11 The euro serves as numeraire and the European Union as reference country. Table 2.1 and Table 2.2 present the data on which the following nine tables are based. Table 2.1 to 2.11 contain the same information as Table 1.1 to 1.11 with a different basis. For explanation on the contents, please see description above.
  • 3
    • octubre 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 octubre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The 3-months interest rate is a representative short-term interest rate series for the domestic money market. From January 1999, the euro area rate is the 3-month "EURo InterBank Offered Rate" (EURIBOR) EURIBOR is the benchmark rate of the large euro money market that has emerged since 1999. It is the rate at which euro InterBank term deposits are offered by one prime bank to another prime bank. The contributors to EURIBOR are the banks with the highest volume of business in the euro area money markets. The panel of banks consists of banks from EU countries participating in the euro from the outset, banks from EU countries not participating in the euro from the outset, and large international banks from non-EU countries but with important euro area operations. Monthly data are calculated as averages of daily values. Data are presented in raw form. Source: European Central Bank (ECB)
    • octubre 2016
      Fuente: University of Marburg
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
  • A
    • julio 2016
      Fuente: Knoema
      Subido por: Knoema
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Accuracy of annual economic forecasts of international organizations - European Commission, IMF, OECD, World Bank, UN LINK
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Adolescent fertility covers live births to women aged 15-19. A live birth is the complete expulsion or extraction from its mother of a product of conception, irrespective of the duration of pregnancy, which after such separation breathes or shows any other evidence of life such as beating of the heart, pulsation of the umbilical cord or definite movement of voluntary muscles, whether or not the umbilical cord has been cut or the placenta is attached. The adolescent fertility rate is the number of live births to women aged 15-19 per 1000 women aged 15-19.
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: HealthIT.gov
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 julio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: African Development Bank Group
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 octubre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      AFDB Socio Economic Database, 1960-2020
    • diciembre 2016
      Fuente: FDI Intelligence
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 marzo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Africa Investment and Global Greenfield Investment Report, 2016.
    • septiembre 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 septiembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side. nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income   The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and incomenamq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • julio 2015
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 diciembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2017
      Fuente: Agricultural Market Information System
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 mayo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2017
      Fuente: Agricultural Market Information System
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 mayo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data Source - IGS
    • abril 2017
      Fuente: Agricultural Market Information System
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 mayo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data Source - PSD
    • junio 2016
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 febrero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Agriculture Total contains all the emissions produced in the different agricultural emissions sub-domains (enteric fermentation, manure management, rice cultivation, synthetic fertilizers, manure applied to soils, manure left on pastures, crop residues, cultivation of organic soils, burning of crop residues, burning of savanna, energy use), providing a picture of the contribution to the total amount of GHG emissions from agriculture. GHG emissions from agriculture consist of non-CO2 gases, namely methane (CH4) and nitrous oxide (N2O), produced by crop and livestock production and management activities. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/index.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as Gg CO2 and CO2eq (from CH4 and N2O), by underlying agricultural emission sub-domain and by aggregate (agriculture total, agriculture total plus energy, agricultural soils).
    • mayo 2013
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 julio, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • julio 2017
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 agosto, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The data describe the average use of chemical and mineral fertilizers per area of cropland (arable land and permanent crops) at national, regional, and global level in a time series from 2002 to 2014
    • julio 2017
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 agosto, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Agri-environmental Indicators—Land domain provides information on the annual evolution of the distribution of agricultural and forest areas, and their sub-components, including irrigated areas, at national, regional and global levels.
    • julio 2017
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 septiembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Agri-Environmental Indicators - Livestock (1961-2014)
    • julio 2017
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 agosto, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The data describe the average use of pesticides per area of cropland (arable land and permanent crops) at national level in a time series from 1990 to 2014. 
    • mayo 2013
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 julio, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • mayo 2013
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 julio, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • diciembre 2016
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 agosto, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The gross nutrient balances (N and P) are calculated as the difference between the total quantity of nutrient inputs entering an agricultural system (mainly fertilisers, livestock manure), and the quantity of nutrient outputs leaving the system (mainly uptake of nutrients by crops and grassland). Gross nutrient balances are expressed in tonnes of nutrient surplus (when positive) or deficit (when negative). This calculation can be used as a proxy to reveal the status of environmental pressures, such as declining soil fertility in the case of a nutrient deficit, or for a nutrient surplus the risk of polluting soil, water and air. The nutrient balance indicator is also expressed in terms of kilogrammes of nutrient surplus per hectare of agricultural land to facilitate the comparison of the relative intensity of nutrients in agricultural systems between countries.
    • diciembre 2016
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 agosto, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The gross nutrient balances (N and P) are calculated as the difference between the total quantity of nutrient inputs entering an agricultural system (mainly fertilizers, livestock manure), and the quantity of nutrient outputs leaving the system (mainly uptake of nutrients by crops and grassland). Gross nutrient balances are expressed in tonnes of nutrient surplus (when positive) or deficit (when negative). This calculation can be used as a proxy to reveal the status of environmental pressures, such as declining soil fertility in the case of a nutrient deficit, or for a nutrient surplus the risk of polluting soil, water and air. The nutrient balance indicator is also expressed in terms of kilogrammes of nutrient surplus per hectare of agricultural land to facilitate the comparison of the relative intensity of nutrients in agricultural systems between countries.
    • junio 2015
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 agosto, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • junio 2017
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 junio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      commitment is a firm written obligation by a government or official agency, backed by the appropriation or availability of the necessary funds, to provide resources of a specified amount under specified financial terms and conditions and for specified purposes for the benefit of a recipient country or a multilateral agency. Members unable to comply with this definition should explain the definition that they use. -- Commitments are considered to be made at the date a loan or grant agreement is signed or the obligation is otherwise made known to the recipient (e.g. in the case of budgetary allocations to overseas territories, the final vote of the budget should be taken as the date of commitment). For certain special expenditures, e.g. emergency aid, the date of disbursement may be taken as the date of commitment. -- Bilateral commitments comprise new commitments and additions to earlier commitments, excluding any commitments cancelled during the same year. Cancellations and reductions in the year reported on of commitments made in earlier years are reported in the CRS, but not in the DAC questionnaire. -- In contrast to bilateral commitments, commitments of capital subscriptions, grants and loans to multilateral agencies should show the sum of amounts which are expected to be disbursed before the end of the next year and amounts disbursed in the year reported on but not previously reported as a commitment. For capital subscriptions in the form of notes payable at sight, enter the expected amount of deposits of such notes as the amount committed.
    • junio 2017
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 junio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Destination of Official Development Assistance Disbursements. Geographical breakdown by donor, recipient and for some types of aid (e.g. grant, loan, technical co-operation) on a disbursement basis (i.e. actual expenditures). The data cover flows from bilateral and multilateral donors which focus on flows from DAC member countries and the EU Institutions.
    • abril 2017
      Fuente: Akamai
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 junio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • septiembre 2016
      Fuente: Alaska Department of Fish and Game
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 octubre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Alaska Commercial Salmon Harvests and Ex-vessel Values, 2015
    • octubre 2016
      Fuente: Alaska Department of Health and Social Services
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • octubre 2016
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 octubre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The “ALFS Summary tables” dataset is a subset of the Annual Labour Force Statistics database which presents annual labour force statistics and broad population series for 34 OECD member countries plus Brazil, Columbia and Russian Federation and 4 geographical areas (Major Seven, Euro area, European Union and OECD-Total). Data are presented in thousands of persons, in percentage or as indices with base year 2010=100. This dataset contains estimates from the OECD Secretariat for the latest years when countries did not provide data. These estimates are necessary to compile aggregated statistics for the geographical areas for a complete span of time. Since 2003, employment data by sector for the United States are compiled following the North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS); therefore they are not strictly comparable with other countries’ data. Euro area and European Union data were extracted from Eurostat (LFS Series, Detailed annual survey results in New Cronos). Euro area refer to Euro area with 17 countries (geo = ea17). European Union refers to European Union with 27 countries (geo = eu27).
    • enero 2012
      Fuente: CO Medical Price Compare
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 agosto, 2014
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Current Payers: Data Vintage: COAPCDQ42013 This Data Vintage stamp reflects indicates which payer data is included in this report, along with any special conditions and data submission waivers associated with the payer data. Current payers include the 12 largest commercial payers in Colorado (large-group and individual fully insured lines of business) and Medicaid. Small group, self-insured commercial payers and Medicare is not included. Please visit the Glossary in the Resources tab at http://www.cohealthdata.org for the full Data Vintage information, and visit the Current Data/Future Milestones link on the Resources tab to see the timeline for adding additional payers to the database. Data Completeness Score The data completeness score is an indicator of how comprehensive the coverage of lives in the database reflects the population. It is represented as a Quartile score of C1-C4 with C1 being the lowest score. The lower the score, the greater the degree of caution should be used in interpreting the results. - C1 indicates that 25% of the population or less are included in the data. - C2 represents that between 25% and 50% of the population are included in the data. - C3 represents that between 50% and 75% of the population are included in the data. - C4, the upper range, represents at least 75% of the population are included in the data. Completeness scores are approximate estimations based on data sources internal and external to the APCD. They are designed to provide an appropriate level of caution to users of the APCD. It’s important to keep in mind that caution needs to be exercised when reviewing data from C1 and C2 and that data becomes more reliable as you move from C3 to C4. 3M Technology "3M™ Health Information Systems provides grouping technology used in the creation of the data in this report. 3M™ APR-DRG Software (All Patient Refined Diagnoses Related Groups) is a classification system to categorize hospital stays based on diagnoses and procedures performed. 3M™ Clinical Risk Grouping Software (CRGs) categorize a population based on health status and use of health care services from claims submitted over a calendar year. 3M™ EAPG Software (Enhanced Ambulatory Patient Groups) is a patient classification system designed to explain the amount and type of resources used in an ambulatory visit. 3M™ Potentially Preventable Readmissions Software (PPR) identifies those admissions in an acute care setting that have subsequent readmissions, within 30 days that are both clinically related and are deemed potentially preventable. Please reference the following link for more information on 3M Health Information Systems grouping technology: http://solutions.3m.com/wps/portal/3M/en_US/Health-Information-Systems/HIS/Products-and-Services/Classification-and-Grouping/" Illness Burden The Illness Burden for a population is a number used to measure the relative health of that group based upon the number and types of healthcare services used. A higher number (above the 1.0 average) indicates that the population uses more and/or costlier services relative to the rest of the population in the database and is often a result of a higher number of people with chronic diseases like diabetes or asthma. Likewise, smaller numbers (below the 1.0 average), indicate a relatively healthier population using less health care services. Compared to Expected Compared to Expected (C2E) values indicate how different the actual observed data in an area is from an expected value (an average based upon the type of people that live in that area). The C2E is always represented as a percentage. Numbers in red represent those “compared to expected” values that are in excess of 25%, indicating a higher than average expected cost or use of services. Likewise, numbers in green represent those “compared to expected” values that are below -25% indicating a lower than average expected cost or use of services. BETOS Categories BETOS is an acronym for Berenson-Eggers Type of Service. BETOS Categories are groupings of professional services based on the HCPCS (Health Care Procedure Coding System, including CPT codes) used by the provider to identify the services rendered at the time of service. Please see the following link for additional information: http://www.cms.gov/Research-Statistics-Data-and-Systems/Statistics-Trends-and-Reports/MedicareFeeforSvcPartsAB/Downloads/BETOSDescCodes.pdf CPT Codes CPT is an acronym for Current Procedural Terminology and is a registered trademark of the American Medical Association. For more information on CPT codes, please refer to the following location: http://www.ama-assn.org/ama/pub/physician-resources/solutions-managing-your-practice/coding-billing-insurance/cpt/about-cpt.page Terms & Conditions of Use This report and any data made available on or obtained through the APCD website is subject to our current Terms of Use and Privacy Policy available at: http://www.cohealthdata.org. Data Note Data (particularly rates and percentages) from Colorado counties with fewer than 5,000 people are more volatile than data from counties with larger populations. Readers should exercise caution when interpreting results from counties with small populations. This includes: Baca, Cheyenne, Costilla, Custer, Dolores, Gilpin, Hinsdale, Jackson, Kiowa, Lincoln, Mineral, Ouray, Phillips, San Juan, Sedgwick, Saguache, and Washington counties.
    • junio 2013
      Fuente: World Bank
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 noviembre, 2014
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset includes combined and standardized Gini data from eight original sources: Luxembourg Income Study (LIS), Socio-Economic Database for Latin America (SEDLAC), Survey of Living Conditions (SILC) by Eurostat, World Income Distribution (WYD; the full data set is available here), World Bank Europe and Central Asia dataset, World Institute for Development Research (WIDER), World Bank Povcal, and Ginis from individual long-term inequality studies (just introduced in this version).
    • agosto 2015
      Fuente: U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 agosto, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The data are from the National Health Interview Survey (NHIS), a continuous national survey of the civilian noninstitutionalized population of the United States. Data are collected through in-person computer assisted household interviews.
    • abril 2017
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 junio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      OECD Taxing Wages. Taxing Wages provides unique information on income tax paid by workers and social security contributions levied on employees and their employers in OECD countries. In addition, this annual publication specifies family benefits paid as cash transfers. Amounts of taxes and benefits are detailed program by program, for eight household types which differ by income level and household composition. Results reported include the marginal and effective tax burden for one- and two-earner families, and total labour costs of employers.
    • agosto 2015
      Fuente: U.S. National Center for Education Statistics
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 septiembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The National Center for Education Statistics (NCES) is now conducting the Academic Libraries Survey as part of the Integrated Postsecondary Education Data System (IPEDS). The Academic Libraries component for IPEDS replaced the previous Academic Libraries Survey, which was collected from degree-granting postsecondary institutions every other year in even-numbered years. The new Academic Libraries component is mandatory and will be collected annually in the spring starting with the 2014-15 data collection cycle.
    • agosto 2015
      Fuente: U.S. National Center for Education Statistics
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 septiembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The National Center for Education Statistics (NCES) is now conducting the Academic Libraries Survey as part of the Integrated Postsecondary Education Data System (IPEDS). The Academic Libraries component for IPEDS replaced the previous Academic Libraries Survey, which was collected from degree-granting postsecondary institutions every other year in even-numbered years. The new Academic Libraries component is mandatory and will be collected annually in the spring starting with the 2014-15 data collection cycle.
    • junio 2017
      Fuente: U.S. Census Bureau
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 julio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The American Community Survey (ACS) is an ongoing survey that provides data every year -- giving communities the current information they need to plan investments and services. Information from the survey generates data that help determine how more than $400 billion in federal and state funds are distributed each year. Social Characteristics – ancestry, disability, educational attainment, fertility, grandparents, household, language spoken, marital status, place of birth, region of birth, relationships, residence, school enrollment, US citizenship status, veteran status, and year of entry
    • febrero 2017
      Fuente: U.S. Census Bureau
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 abril, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      With a computer - Percent Broadband Internet Subscription; Estimate; EDUCATIONAL ATTAINMENT - Household population 25 years and over Source: 2015 American Community Survey 1-Year Estimates Table S2802 - TYPES OF INTERNET SUBSCRIPTIONS BY SELECTED CHARACTERISTICS
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: U.S. Census Bureau
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 julio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The American Community Survey (ACS) is an ongoing survey that provides data every year -- giving communities the current information they need to plan investments and services. Information from the survey generates data that help determine how more than $400 billion in federal and state funds are distributed each year. Population Demographics by gender, race, age, households, and relationships.
    • diciembre 2016
      Fuente: U.S. Census Bureau
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 marzo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The American Community Survey (ACS) is an ongoing survey that provides data every year -- giving communities the current information they need to plan investments and services. Information from the survey generates data that help determine how more than $400 billion in federal and state funds are distributed each year. Economic Characteristics – class of worker, commute to work, employment status, health insurance, income and benefits, industry,occupation, and poverty.
    • diciembre 2016
      Fuente: U.S. Census Bureau
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 marzo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The American Community Survey (ACS) is an ongoing survey that provides data every year -- giving communities the current information they need to plan investments and services. Information from the survey generates data that help determine how more than $400 billion in federal and state funds are distributed each year. Housing Characteristics – house heating fuel, housing occupancy, housing value, mortgage status, occupants per room, rent, rooms, selected characteristics, selected monthly owner cost, units in structure, vehicles available, year of move-in, and year structure built.
    • febrero 2017
      Fuente: CNBC
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 abril, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      We score all 50 states on more than 60 measures of competitiveness, developed with input from a broad and diverse array of business and policy experts, official government sources, the CNBC Global CFO Council and the states themselves. States receive points based on their rankings in each metric. Then we separate those metrics into 10 broad categories, weighted based on how frequently each is used as a selling point in state economic development marketing materials. That way, our study ranks the states based on the criteria they use to sell themselves. This year some states were tied
    • julio 2017
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 agosto, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Residential Property Prices Indices (RPPIs) – also named House price indices (HPIs), are index numbers that measure the prices of residential properties over time. RPPIs are key statistics not only for citizens and households across the world, but also for economic and monetary policy makers. They can help, for example, to monitor potential macroeconomic imbalances and the risk exposure of the household and financial sectors. This dataset covers the 34 OECD member countries and some non-member countries. In addition to the nominal RPPIs it contains information on real house prices, rental prices and the ratios of nominal prices to rents and to disposable household income per capita. This dataset contains quarterly statistics for each country. House prices differ widely across OECD countries, both with respect to recent changes and to valuation levels. The OECD has identified one main nominal index for each country that covers the prices for the sale of newly-built and existing dwellings. The datasets “Analytical house price indicators” and “Residential Property Price Indices (RPPIs) – Headline Indicators” refer to the same price indices for all countries apart from Brazil, Canada, China, the United States and the Euro area. These differences are further documented in country-specific metadata. For the United States, the series used in “Analytical house price indicators” is included in the dataset called “Residential Property Price Indices (RPPIs) – Complete database”, but is not the headline indicator. For all other countries, non-seasonally adjusted price indices in both datasets are identical in the period in which they overlap. This research dataset provides extended time series coverage for many countries. The objective is to provide information on the long term trend of house prices and develop indicators which can be used to help track and analyse macroeconomic developments and risks. The extended data supplement the OECD RPPI data with historical data from a variety of sources, including other international organisations, central banks and national statistical offices. The methodological basis on the historical data and the types of geographical areas and dwellings they cover can differ from those used in the OECD RPPI data. The database contains a number of additional series. Real house prices are given by the ratio of seasonally adjusted nominal house prices to the seasonally adjusted consumers’ expenditure deflator in each country, from the OECD national accounts database. This provides information on how nominal house prices have changed over time relative to prices in the general economy. The rental prices come from the OECD Main Economic Indicators database and refer to Consumer Price Indices (CPIs) for Actual rentals for housing (COICOP 04.1). If this indicator is missing for a country, another indicator is chosen. The chosen indicator are usually those corresponding to the CPI aggregate for Housing including Actual rentals for housing (COICOP 04.1), imputed rentals for housing (COICOP 04.2) and Maintenance and repair of the dwelling (COICOP 04.3). The disposable income indicators come from the OECD national accounts database. Net household disposable income is used. The population data come from the OECD national accounts database. The price-to-rent ratio is given by the ratio of nominal house prices to rental prices. This is a measure of the profitability of owning a house. The price-to-income ratio is given by the ratio of nominal house prices to nominal household disposable income per capita. This is a measure of the affordability of purchasing a house. An indication that house prices may be overvalued is provided if either of these ratios is above their long-term averages. The standardised price-rent and price-income ratios show the current price-rent and price-income ratios relative to their respective long-term averages. The long-term average, which is used as a reference value, is calculated over the whole period available when the indicator begins after 1980 or 1980 if the indicator is available over a longer time period. The standardised ratio is indexed to a reference value equal to 100 over the full sample period. Values over 100 indicate that the present price-rent ratio, or price-income ratio, is above its long-run norms. This provides an indication of possible housing market pressures.
    • octubre 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 octubre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • septiembre 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 septiembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The annual expenditure on public and private educational institutions per pupil/student compared to GDP per capita relates the resources (e.g. expenditure for personnel, other current and capital expenditure) being devoted to education in public and private educational institutions to the overall economic welfare of a country. It is based on full-time equivalent enrolment. The use of GDP per capita allows the comparison of levels of economic activity of different sized economies (per capita) irrespective of their price levels (in PPS).
    • septiembre 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 septiembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Expenditure per pupil/student in public and private institutions measures how much central, regional and local levels of government, private households, religious institutions and firms spent per pupil/student. It includes expenditure for personnel, other current and capital expenditure.
    • junio 2017
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 agosto, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The dataset includes a detailed breakdown of Investment funds, Insurance companies and Pension funds, and Other forms of institutional savings, as institutional sectors. This finer breakdown by type of investors has been established with reference to the System of National Accounts (SNA), when possible. Within Investment funds, one distinguishes Open-end companies, further broken down into Money market funds and Other mutual funds, and Closed-end companies, of which Real estate funds. Within Insurance companies and pension funds one distinguishes Insurance companies, further broken down into Life insurance companies and Non-life insurance companies, and Autonomous pension funds. Financial assets included correspond to the assets requested in the previous database on Institutional Investors, i.e. Currency and deposits, Securities other than shares, Loans, Shares and other equities and Other financial assets. Moreover, Total non-financial assets are also included. While the sub-classification of the above financial assets corresponds to SNA93, a further breakdown between assets issued by residents and assets issued by non-residents is reported.
    • abril 2017
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 19 julio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The "ALFS Summary tables" dataset is a subset of the Annual Labor Force Statistics database which presents annual labor force statistics and broad population series for 34 OECD member countries plus Brazil and 4 geographical areas (Major Seven, Euro zone, European Union and OECD-Total). Note that Chile became a member of the OECD on 7 May 2010, Slovenia on 21 July 2010, Israel on 7 September 2010 and Estonia on 9 December 2010. Chile, Estonia, Israel and Slovenia have been included in this dataset. Data are presented in thousands of persons, in percentage or as indices with base year 2010=100.
    • mayo 2017
      Fuente: European Commission
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 junio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      AMECO is the annual macro-economic database of the European Commission's Directorate General for Economic and Financial Affairs (DG ECFIN). The database is regularly cited in DG ECFIN's publications and is indispensable for DG ECFIN's analyses and reports. To ensure that DG ECFIN's analyses are verifiable and transparent to the public, AMECO data is made available free of charge. AMECO contains data for EU-27, the euro area, EU Member States, candidate countries and other OECD countries (United States, Japan, Canada, Switzerland, Norway, Iceland, Mexico, Korea, Australia and New Zealand).
    • agosto 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 septiembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Information on net earnings (net pay taken home, in absolute figures) and related tax-benefit rates (in %) complements gross‑earnings data with respect to disposable earnings. The transition from gross to net earnings requires the deduction of income taxes and employee's social security contributions from the gross amounts and the addition of family allowances, if appropriate. The amount of these components and therefore the ratio of net to gross earnings depend on the individual situation. A number of different family situations are considered, all referring to an average worker. Differences exist with respect to marital status (single vs. married), number of workers (only in the case of couples), number of dependent children, and level of gross earnings, expressed as a percentage of the gross earnings of an average worker (AW).  All the data are based on a widely acknowledged model developed by the OECD, which figures are obtained from national sources. The collection contains, for selected situations, data for the following variables and indicators : a)      gross and net earnings, including the transition components "income taxes", "employee's social security contributions" and "family allowances", if appropriate; b)      tax rate, defined as the income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's social security contributions less universal cash benefits, expressed as a percentage of gross wage earnings; c)      tax wedge on labour costs, defined as income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's and the employer's social security contributions, expressed as a percentage of the total labour costs of the earner. The total labour costs of the earner are defined as his/her gross earnings plus the employer's social security contributions plus payroll taxes (where applicable). The tax wedge on labour costs structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW. d)      unemployment trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through higher tax and social security contributions and the withdrawal of unemployment, and other, benefits when an unemployed person returns to employment. This structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW when in work. e)      low wage trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through the combined effects of income taxes, social security contributions and any withdrawal of benefits when gross earnings increase from 33% to 67% of AW. This structural indicator is available for single persons without children and one-earner couples with two children.
    • junio 2017
      Fuente: International Tropical Timber Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 julio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      ITTO's Annual Review and Assessment of the World Timber Situation compiles the most up-to-date and reliable international statistics available on global production and trade of timber, with an emphasis on the tropics. It also provides information on trends in forest area, forest management and the economies of ITTO member countries.
    • octubre 2014
      Fuente: Sam Houston State University
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 octubre, 2014
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • diciembre 2016
      Fuente: National Association of Insurance Commissioners
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 agosto, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Health 2015 (pdf)
    • junio 1999
      Fuente: National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
      Subido por: Knoema
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Annual Temperature Anomaly timeseries for China, India, and the United States.
    • octubre 2010
      Fuente: Japan Apparel Technology and Research Association
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 agosto, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Japan Apparel Industrial Association
    • enero 2014
      Fuente: World Resources Institute
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 diciembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset shows countries and river basins' average exposure to five of Aqueduct's water risk indicators: baseline water stress, interannual variability, seasonal variability, flood occurrence, and drought severity. Risk exposure scores are available for every country (except Greenland and Antarctica), the 100 most populous river basins, and the 100 largest river basins by area. Scores are also available for all industrial, agricultural, and domestic users' average exposure to each indicator in each country and river basin.
    • octubre 2013
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 junio, 2014
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat Dataset Id:tour_occ_arnrmw National data Monthly and annual data on arrivals, nights spent and occupancy rates at tourist accommodation establishments. Regional data Annual arrivals, nights spent at tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • noviembre 2015
      Fuente: U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 noviembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The data are from the National Health Interview Survey (NHIS), a continuous national survey of the civilian noninstitutionalized population of the United States. Data are collected through in-person computer assisted household interviews
    • septiembre 2015
      Fuente: U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 octubre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The data are from the National Health Interview Survey (NHIS), a continuous national survey of the civilian noninstitutionalized population of the United States. Data are collected through in-person computer assisted household interviews
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: National Association of Insurance Commissioners
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 julio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Auto Insurance Database Report 2016 PDF
    • octubre 2017
      Fuente: Good Car Bad Car
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 octubre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      U.S. sales figures for U.K. ,U.S. and Canada for the overall auto industry.
    • octubre 2017
      Fuente: Good Car Bad Car
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 octubre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Auto sales Summary based on Brand of montlhy and annual basis.
    • septiembre 2017
      Fuente: Good Car Bad Car
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 septiembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Auto sales Summary based on Brand of montlhy and annual basis.
    • octubre 2017
      Fuente: Good Car Bad Car
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 octubre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Auto sales Summary based on corporations on montlhy and annual basis.
    • octubre 2014
      Fuente: LMC Automotive
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 09 enero, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Automative Industry, 2014
    • enero 2015
      Fuente: Center for Automotive Research
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 mayo, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      1.Data cited at AutoAlliance.org - http://www.autoalliance.org/files/dmfile/2015-Auto-Industry-Jobs-Report.pdf 2. Light-Duty (0-6,000 lb)-Class 1     Light-Duty (6,001-10,000 lb)-Class 2     Medium-Duty (10,001-14,000 lb)-Class 3     Medium-Duty (14,001-16,000 lb)-Class 4     Medium-Duty (16,001-19,500 lb)-Class 5     Medium-Duty (19,501-26,000 lb)-Class 6     Heavy-Duty (26,001-33,000 lb)-Class 7     Heavy-Duty (33,001 lb and over)-Class 8
    • diciembre 2015
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The concept used is the total number of hours worked over the year divided by the average number of people in employment. The data are intended for comparisons of trends over time; they are unsuitable for comparisons of the level of average annual hours of work for a given year, because of differences in their sources. Part-time workers are covered as well as full-time workers. The series on annual hours actually worked per person in total employment presented in this table for all 34 OECD countries are consistent with the series retained for the calculation of productivity measures in the OECD Productivity database (www.oecd.org/statistics/productivity/compendium). However, there may be some differences for some countries given that the main purpose of the latter database is to report data series on labour input (i.e. total hours worked) and also because the updating of databases occur at different moments of the year. Hours Hours actually worked per person in employment are according to National Accounts concepts for 18 countries: Austria, Canada, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Italy, Korea, the Netherlands, Norway, the Slovak Republic, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and Turkey. OECD estimates for Belgium, Ireland, Luxembourg and Portugal for annual hours worked are based on the European Labour Force Survey, as are estimates for dependent employment only for Austria, Estonia, Greece, the Slovak Republic and Slovenia. The table includes labour-force-survey-based estimates for the Russian Federation.countries: For further details and country specfic notes see: www.oecd.org/employment/outlook and www.oecd.org/employment/emp/ANNUAL-HOURS-WORKED.pdf
    • diciembre 2015
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 octubre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset contains data on average annual wages per full-time and full-year equivalent employee in the total economy. Average annual wages per full-time equivalent dependent employee are obtained by dividing the national-accounts-based total wage bill by the average number of employees in the total economy, which is then multiplied by the ratio of average usual weekly hours per full-time employee to average usually weekly hours for all employees. The data, from 1990 to 2012 are available in : 2012 USD exchange rates and 2012 constant prices Aggregation and consolidation Average wages are converted in USD PPPs using 2012 USD PPPs for private consumption and are deflated by a price deflator for private final consumption expenditures in 2012 prices. in 2012 constant prices and NCU in 2012 USD PPPs and 2012 constant prices in 2012 USD exchange rates and 2012
    • febrero 2017
      Fuente: U.S. Census Bureau
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 abril, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Average commute time per commuter Source: 2014 American Community Survey 1-Year Estimates Source Table: S0801
    • agosto 2017
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 agosto, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This table contains data on the average duration of unemployment by sex and standardised age groups (15-19, 15-24, 20-24, 25-54, 55+, total). Data are expressed in months.
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
  • B
    • octubre 2017
      Fuente: Baker Hughes
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 octubre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • julio 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 09 julio, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • julio 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 julio, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • octubre 2017
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 octubre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The balance of payments is a statistical statement that provides a systematic summary of economic transactions of an economy with the rest of the world, for a specific time period. The transactions are for the most part between residents and non-residents of the economy. A transaction is defined as an economic flow that reflects the creation, transformation, exchange, transfer, or extinction of economic value and involves changes in ownership, of goods or assets, the provision of services, labour or capital.  This dataset presents countries compiling balance of payments statistics in accordance with the 6th edition of the Balance of Payments and International Investment Position Manual published by the IMF (BPM6). Transactions include: the goods and services accounts, the primary income account (income account in BPM5), the secondary income account (transfers in BPM5), the capital account, and the financial account. Changes in BPM6 compared to BPM5 are often a consequence of a stricter application of the change of ownership principle in particular in the goods and services accounts. They relate to transactions on goods and services (merchanting, goods for processing, Insurance), income (investment income), and financial operations (direct investment) .
    • junio 2015
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 diciembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • julio 2016
      Fuente: Central Bank of Sao Tome and Principe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 agosto, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Balance of Payments of Sao Tome & Principe, 2013
    • junio 2012
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 junio, 2012
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Note: Not seasonally adjusted data in Millions of euro (from 1.1.1999)/ECU (up to 31.12.1998)
    • julio 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 09 julio, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • febrero 2017
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 febrero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Since the collection of 2009 data, the scope of the OECD Global Insurance Statistics questionnaire has been expanded. These changes led to the collection of key balance sheet and income statement items for direct insurance and reinsurance sectors, such as: gross claims paid, outstanding claims provision (changes), gross operating expenses, commissions, total assets, gross technical provisions (of which: unit-linked), shareholder equity, net income.
    • julio 2012
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 julio, 2012
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This Dataset contains 3 Tables. Banks' balance sheet assets and liabilities - Annual data (mny_agg_a) Banks' balance sheet assets and liabilities - Quarterly data (mny_agg_q) Banks' balance sheet assets and liabilities - Monthly data (mny_agg_m). Note: Eurostat Hierarchy: Economy and finance > Monetary and other financial statistics (mny) > Monetary aggregates, counterparts, and other banks' balance sheet items (mny_agg).
    • junio 2015
      Fuente: Barro-Lee
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 octubre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • agosto 2015
      Fuente: Barro-Lee
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 octubre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • febrero 2016
      Fuente: Biotechnology Innovation Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 mayo, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Sixth Biennial Report of Battelle and BIO indicate the followings:1. In 2012, U.S. bioscience companies employed 1.62 million personnel across more than 73,000 individual business establishments.2. Over the past decade the industry has added nearly 111,000 new, high-paying jobs or 7.4 percent to its employment base.3. The industry continues its tradition of creating high-wage, family-sustaining jobs with average wages 80 percent greater than the overall private sector and growing at a faster rate.
    • agosto 2016
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Better Life Index aims to involve citizens in the debate on measuring the well-being of societies, and to empower them to become more informed and engaged in the policy-making process that shapes all our lives. Each of the 11 topics of the Index is currently based on one to three indicators. Within each topic, the indicators are averaged with equal weights. The indicators have been chosen on the basis of a number of statistical criteria such as relevance (face-validity, depth, policy relevance) and data quality (predictive validity, coverage, timeliness, cross-country comparability etc.) and in consultation with OECD member countries. These indicators are good measures of the concepts of well-being, in particular in the context of a country comparative exercise. Other indicators will gradually be added to each topic.
    • septiembre 2016
      Fuente: National Statistics Bureau, Bhutan
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Bhutan : Tourism Statistics, 2015
    • abril 2017
      Fuente: Aliance for Biking & Walking
      Subido por: Ivan Komlev
      Acceso el: 20 abril, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      In conjunction with the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention's Healthy Community Design Initiative, the Alliance publishes the biennial Benchmarking Report to collect and analyze data on bicycling and walking in all 50 states, the 52 largest U.S. cities, and a select number of midsized cities. The Report combines original research with over 20 government data sources to compile data on bicycling and walking levels and demographics, safety, funding, policies, infrastructure, education, public health indicators, and economic impacts. It's an essential go-to resource for public officials, advocates, decision makers, and researchers.
    • abril 2014
      Fuente: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 febrero, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      UNCTAD's Bilateral FDI Statistics provides up-to-date and systematic FDI data for 206 economies around the world, covering inflows (table 1), outflows (table 2), inward stock (table 3) and outward stock (table 4) by region and economy. Data are in principle collected from national sources. In order to cover the entire world, where data are not available from national sources, data from partner countries (mirror data) as well as from other international organizations have also been used.
    • octubre 2016
      Fuente: World Bank
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This data set provides a snapshot of migration and remittances for all countries, regions and income groups of the world, compiled from available data from various sources
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • septiembre 2016
      Fuente: Texas Department of State Health Services
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 julio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • julio 2017
      Fuente: Bank for International Settlements
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 septiembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Measure for all Combinations - Amounts Outstanding / Stocks   Note: Under "Reporting country" they have removed "Euro Area".
    • septiembre 2017
      Fuente: Bank for International Settlements
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 septiembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Below Parameters are common for all combinations : Frequency - Quarterly Measure -Amounts Outstanding / Stocks CBS Bank Type - Domestic Banks CBS Reporting Basis - Immediate Counterparty Basis Balance Sheet Position - Total Claims Type of Instruments - All Instruments Remaining Maturity - All Maturities Currency Type of Booking Location - All Currencies Counterparty Sector - All Sectors
    • octubre 2017
      Fuente: Bank for International Settlements
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 octubre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • agosto 2017
      Fuente: Bank for International Settlements
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 septiembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • agosto 2017
      Fuente: Bank for International Settlements
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 septiembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The residential property price statistics collect data from different countries. The BIS has obtained permission from various national data providers, with the assistance of its member central banks, to disseminate these statistics. The topic ‘Property prices: Selected series,’ contains nominal and real quarterly values for 58 countries, both in levels and in growth rates (ie four series per country). Real series are the nominal price series deflated by the consumer price index. The BIS has made the selection based on the Handbook on Residential Property Prices and the experience and metadata of central banks.
    • septiembre 2017
      Fuente: Bank for International Settlements
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 19 septiembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      >>All series on credit to the non-financial sector cover 44 economies, both advanced and emerging. They capture the outstanding amount of credit at the end of the reference quarter. Credit is provided by domestic banks, all other sectors of the economy and non-residents. In terms of financial instruments, credit covers the core debt, defined as loans, debt securities and currency & deposits.   >>All series are published in local currency, in US dollars and as percentages of nominal GDP. The regional aggregates as percentages of GDP are calculated based on conversion to the US dollar at market and at purchasing power parity (PPP) exchange rates.
    • septiembre 2017
      Fuente: Bank for International Settlements
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 septiembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2017
      Fuente: Bloom Consulting
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 mayo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Bloom Consulting was founded in 2003 as a Nation Branding consultancy. Our Headquarters are located in Madrid, with offices in Lisbon and São Paulo. Bloom Consulting has been interviewed by The Economist, Forbes and CNN . According to Country Branding Central www.countrybrandingwiki.org, our CEO José Filipe Torres, a recurrent lecturer in Universities such as Harvard, is considered one of the top 3 international experts in the field of Nation Branding, Region and City Branding, providing advisory for the OECD. In addition, Bloom Consulting publishes the Bloom Consulting Country Brand Ranking © annually for both Trade and Tourism, to extensively analyze the brand performance of 193 countries and territories worldwide and the Digital Country Index - Measuring the Brand appeal of countries and territories in the Digital World.
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Bloomberg
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 23 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Bloomberg innovation index ranks countries and sovereigns based on their overall ability to innovate. It considers six equally weighted metrics, and their scores are combined to provide an overall score for each country from zero to 100. 1. Research & Development: Research and development expenditure as a percentage of GDP 2. Manufacturing: Manufacturing value-added per capita 3. Productivity: GDP and GNI per employed person age 15+ 4. High-tech companies: Number of domestically domiciled high-tech public companies—such as aerospace and defense, biotechnology, hardware, software, semiconductors, Internet software and services, and renewable energy companies – as a share of world's total high-tech public companies 5. Tertiary efficiency: Total enrolment in tertiary education, regardless of age, as a percentage of postsecondary cohort; minimum share of labor force with at least tertiary degrees; annual new science and engineering graduates as a percentage of the labor force and as a percentage of total tertiary graduates 6. Researcher concentration: Professionals, including Ph.D. students, engaged in R&D per 1 million population 7. Patents: Resident utility patent filings per 1 million population and per $1 million of R&D spent; utility patents granted as a percentage of world total Bloomberg innovation index evaluated more than 200 countries of which only 78 had data for at least six of the seven factors. Postsecondary education and patent activity consisted of multiple factors that were weighted equally. Weights were rescaled for countries with some but not all of the factors in those two metrics. The ranking shows only those countries included in the top 50.
    • febrero 2017
      Fuente: BP
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 febrero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      BP Energy outlook to 2035, indices of consumption and production of different energy sources   Grouping include following countries and territories and  the groupings are made purely for statistical purposes. North America: US (excluding US territories), Canada and Mexico.  South and Central America (S & C America): Caribbean (including Puerto Rico and US Virgin Islands), Central and South America. Europe: European members of the OECD plus Albania, Bosnia-Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, The former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Georgia, Gibraltar, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta, Montenegro, Romania and Serbia. Commonwealth of Independent States (CIS): Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Moldova, Russian Federation, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Uzbekistan.  Middle East: Arabian Peninsula, Iran, Iraq, Israel, Jordan, Lebanon, Syria. Africa: a). Territories on the north coast of Africa from Egypt to Western Sahara. Territories on the west coast of Africa from Mauritania to Angola, including Cape Verde, Chad.  b). Territories on the east coast of Africa from Sudan to Republic of South Africa. Also Botswana, Madagascar, Malawi, Namibia, Uganda, Zambia, Zimbabwe.  Asia Pacific: Brunei, Cambodia, China, China Hong Kong SAR* (*Special Administrative Region) , China Macau SAR* (*Special Administrative Region), Indonesia, Japan, Laos, Malaysia, Mongolia, North Korea, Philippines, Singapore, South Asia (Afghanistan, Bangladesh, India, Myanmar, Nepal, Pakistan and Sri Lanka), South Korea, Taiwan, Thailand, Vietnam, Australia, New Zealand, Papua New Guinea and Oceania Other Emerging Asia: Non-OECD Asia excluding China and India OECD members (Organization For Economic Co-operation and Development): Europe: Austria, Belgium, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, United Kingdom. Other member countries: Australia, Canada, Chile, Israel, Japan, Mexico, New Zealand, South Korea, US.  Non-OECD: All countries that are not members of the OECD European Union members : Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece,  Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, UK.  
    • mayo 2017
      Fuente: BP
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 junio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The BP Statistical Review of World Energy has provided high-quality, objective and globally consistent data on world energy markets. The Review is one of the most widely respected and authoritative publications in the field of energy economics, used for reference by the media, academia, world governments and energy companies. A new edition is published every June. Historical data from 1965 for many sections.
    • junio 2017
      Fuente: BP
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 agosto, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The BP Statistical Review of World Energy has provided high-quality, objective and globally consistent data on world energy markets. The Review is one of the most widely respected and authoritative publications in the fi eld of energy economics, used for reference by the media, academia, world governments and energy companies. A new edition is published every June. Historical data from 1965 for many sections.
    • abril 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 mayo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the follow up of the Digital Single Market process (Monitoring the Digital Economy & Society  2016-2021). This conceptual framework follows the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework, the i2010 Benchmarking Framework and the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • junio 2015
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 marzo, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The OECD broadband portal provides access to a range of broadband-related statistics gathered by the OECD. Policy makers must examine a range of indicators which reflect the status of individual broadband markets. The OECD broadband speed tests by country show the official measurements of actual access network broadband speed. The OECD broadband map shows national broadband statistics in OECD countries. Mobile broadband penetration has risen to 85.4% in the OECD area, meaning more than four wireless subscriptions for every five inhabitants, according to data for June 2015 released by the OECD .
    • diciembre 2016
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 agosto, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The OECD broadband portal provides access to a range of broadband-related statistics gathered by the OECD. Policy makers must examine a range of indicators which reflect the status of individual broadband markets. The OECD broadband speed tests by country show the official measurements of actual access network broadband speed. The OECD broadband map shows national broadband statistics in OECD countries. Mobile broadband penetration has risen to 85.4% in the OECD area, meaning more than four wireless subscriptions for every five inhabitants, according to data for June 2015 released by the OECD .
    • junio 2015
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 marzo, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The OECD broadband portal provides access to a range of broadband-related statistics gathered by the OECD. Policy makers must examine a range of indicators which reflect the status of individual broadband markets. The OECD broadband speed tests by country show the official measurements of actual access network broadband speed. The OECD broadband map shows national broadband statistics in OECD countries. Mobile broadband penetration has risen to 85.4% in the OECD area, meaning more than four wireless subscriptions for every five inhabitants, according to data for June 2015 released by the OECD .
    • junio 2015
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 marzo, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The OECD broadband portal provides access to a range of broadband-related statistics gathered by the OECD. Policy makers must examine a range of indicators which reflect the status of individual broadband markets. The OECD broadband speed tests by country show the official measurements of actual access network broadband speed. The OECD broadband map shows national broadband statistics in OECD countries. Mobile broadband penetration has risen to 85.4% in the OECD area, meaning more than four wireless subscriptions for every five inhabitants, according to data for June 2015 released by the OECD .
    • junio 2014
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 23 marzo, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The OECD broadband portal provides access to a range of broadband-related statistics gathered by the OECD. Policy makers must examine a range of indicators which reflect the status of individual broadband markets. The OECD broadband speed tests by country show the official measurements of actual access network broadband speed. The OECD broadband map shows national broadband statistics in OECD countries. Mobile broadband penetration has risen to 85.4% in the OECD area, meaning more than four wireless subscriptions for every five inhabitants, according to data for June 2015 released by the OECD . Note: unit of measure of indicators related to Internet selling and purchasing by industry is percentage of businesses with 10 or more employees in each industry group.
    • junio 2016
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 febrero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions from burning crop residues consist of methane (CH4) and nitrous oxide (N2O) gases produced by the combustion of a percentage of crop residues burnt on-site. The mass of fuel available for burning should be estimated taking into account the fractions removed before burning due to animal consumption, decay in the field, and use in other sectors (e.g., biofuel, domestic livestock feed, building materials, etc.). FAOSTAT emission estimates are computed at Tier 1 following the IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, reguions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed both as Gg CH4, Gg N2O, Gg CO2eq and CO2eq from CH4 and N2O, by crop (maize, rice, sugarcane and wheat) and by aggregates. Implied emission factors for N2O and CH4 as well activity data (biomass burned) are also provided.
    • noviembre 2011
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 noviembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • noviembre 2011
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 noviembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • noviembre 2011
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 noviembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • abril 2013
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 noviembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patentsare defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 09 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patentsare defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • abril 2013
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 noviembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patentsare defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 09 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat Dataset Id:htec_sti_pers2 Data description 'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under 21.3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under 21.3. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under 21.3. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under 21.3. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association (EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • mayo 2017
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 junio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2015
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 agosto, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data are provided in million national currency (for the euro zone, pre-EMU euro or EUR), million current PPP USD and million constant USD (2005 prices and PPPs). Variables collected This table presents research and development (R&D) expenditure statistics performed in the business enterprise sector by industry according to the International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC) revision 3.1. Data at the industry level are presented beginning 1987, year when most of the countries converted from ISIC rev.2 to the current ISIC rev. 3 classification. This breakdown between industries is, in principle, made at the enterprise level, although some countries are able to break down R&D data for multi product enterprises between their main lines of business. National statistical regulations prevent publication of results where there are very few firms in the given category, hence the many gaps in the tables. Depending on the country, R&D institutes serving enterprises are either classified with the industry concerned, or grouped under “Research and Development” (ISIC rev.3.1, Division 73). When these R&D institutes are classified with the industry served, the evaluation of R&D in these industries is more complete and more comparable between countries for the industries concerned. This results, however, in an underestimation of the percentage of BERD performed by the service sector as compared with other countries. The Frascati Manual recommendation concerning data on R&D by industry is to report BERD on an enterprise basis (see FM section 3.4). When this is interpreted strictly, all the BERD of a diversified enterprise will be allocated to the industrial class of its principal activity. In circumstances where a few large firms dominate R&D spending in several areas, this can and does lead to underestimates of R&D associated with the secondary activities of the firms. Overall, R&D is therefore overestimated for some industries and underestimated for others. However, not all countries follow a strict enterprise basis for allocating R&D expenditures to industrial classes. Some countries make a disaggregation of the R&D of their largest, diversified firms into a number of different activities. In other countries, the enterprise approach has been abandoned and data are reported on a product field basis. This is why two classification criteria for BERD by industry are included in this view of “BERD by industry” (see the variable CLASSIFICATION CRITERIA: Main activity or Product field) depending on which approach is more closely followed by each country (only a few countries currently collect these data both ways and are therefore included according to both criteria)). The two tables that follow, “BERD by industry and source of funds” and “BERD by industry and type of costs” present data for only one of the criteria, depending on the country.
    • mayo 2017
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 09 junio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data are provided in million national currency (for the euro zone, pre-EMU euro or EUR), million current PPP USD and million constant USD (2005 prices and PPPs). Variables collected This table presents research and development (R&D) expenditure statistics performed in the business enterprise sector by industry according to the International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC) revision 3.1. and by source of funds (business enterprise, government, other national funds, and funds from abroad). Data at the industry level are presented beginning 1987, year when most of the countries converted from ISIC rev.2 to the current ISIC rev. 3 classification. This breakdown between industries is, in principle, made at the enterprise level, although some countries are able to break down R&D data for multi product enterprises between their main lines of business. National statistical regulations prevent publication of results where there are very few firms in the given category, hence the many gaps in the tables. Depending on the country, R&D institutes serving enterprises are either classified with the industry concerned, or grouped under “Research and Development” (ISIC rev.3.1, Division 73). When these R&D institutes are classified with the industry served, the evaluation of R&D in these industries is more complete and more comparable between countries for the industries concerned. This results, however, in an underestimation of the percentage of BERD performed by the service sector as compared with other countries. The Frascati Manual recommendation concerning data on R&D by industry is to report BERD on an enterprise basis (see FM section 3.4). When this is interpreted strictly, all the BERD of a diversified enterprise will be allocated to the industrial class of its principal activity. In circumstances where a few large firms dominate R&D spending in several areas, this can and does lead to underestimates of R&D associated with the secondary activities of the firms. Overall, R&D is therefore overestimated for some industries and underestimated for others. However, not all countries follow a strict enterprise basis for allocating R&D expenditures to industrial classes. Some countries make a disaggregation of the R&D of their largest, diversified firms into a number of different activities. In other countries, the enterprise approach has been abandoned and data are reported on a product field basis. This is why two classification criteria for BERD by industry are included in the table “BERD by industry” (see the variable CLASSIFICATION CRITERIA: Main activity or Product field) depending on which approach is more closely followed by each country (only a few countries currently collect these data both ways and are therefore included according to both criteria). However, this table “BERD by industry and source of funds” and the one that follows, “BERD by industry and type of costs” present data for only one of the criteria, depending on the country.
    • mayo 2017
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 junio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data are provided in million national currency (for the euro zone, pre-EMU euro or EUR), million current PPP USD and million constant USD (2000 prices and PPPs). Variables collected This table presents research and development (R&D) expenditure statistics performed in the business enterprise sector by industry according to the International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC) revision 3.1. and by type of costs (current expenditure, capital expenditure). Data at the industry level are presented beginning 1987, year when most of the countries converted from ISIC rev.2 to the current ISIC rev. 3 classification. This breakdown between industries is, in principle, made at the enterprise level, although some countries are able to break down R&D data for multi product enterprises between their main lines of business. National statistical regulations prevent publication of results where there are very few firms in the given category, hence the many gaps in the tables. Depending on the country, R&D institutes serving enterprises are either classified with the industry concerned, or grouped under “Research and Development” (ISIC rev.3.1, Division 73). When these R&D institutes are classified with the industry served, the evaluation of R&D in these industries is more complete and more comparable between countries for the industries concerned. This results, however, in an underestimation of the percentage of BERD performed by the service sector as compared with other countries. The Frascati Manual recommendation concerning data on R&D by industry is to report BERD on an enterprise basis (see FM section 3.4). When this is interpreted strictly, all the BERD of a diversified enterprise will be allocated to the industrial class of its principal activity. In circumstances where a few large firms dominate R&D spending in several areas, this can and does lead to underestimates of R&D associated with the secondary activities of the firms. Overall, R&D is therefore overestimated for some industries and underestimated for others. However, not all countries follow a strict enterprise basis for allocating R&D expenditures to industrial classes. Some countries make a disaggregation of the R&D of their largest, diversified firms into a number of different activities. In other countries, the enterprise approach has been abandoned and data are reported on a product field basis. This is why two classification criteria for BERD by industry are included in the table “BERD by industry” (see the variable CLASSIFICATION CRITERIA: Main activity or Product field) depending on which approach is more closely followed by each country (only a few countries currently collect these data both ways and are therefore included according to both criteria). However, this table “BERD by industry and type of costs” and the preceding one “BERD by industry and source of funds” present data for only one of the criteria, depending on the country.
    • mayo 2017
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 junio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data are provided in million national currency (for the euro zone, pre-EMU euro or EUR), million current PPP USD and million constant USD (2010 prices and PPPs). Variables collected This table presents research and development (R&D) expenditure statistics performed in the business enterprise sector. Data include total business enterprise intramural expenditure on R&D by size class and source of funds.
    • mayo 2017
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 junio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This table presents research and development (R&D) statistics on personnel in the business enterprise sector. Measured in full-time equivalent are the number of total R&D personnel and researchers in the business enterprise sector by industry according to the International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC) revision 3.1. Data at the industry level are presented beginning 1987, year when most of the countries converted from ISIC rev.2 to the current ISIC rev. 3 classification.
    • agosto 2017
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 septiembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The business tendency survey indicators cover a standard set of indicators for four economic sectors: manufacturing, construction, retail trade and other services. This includes an indicator of overall business conditions or business confidence in each sector. The consumer opinion survey indicators cover a restricted set of indicators on consumer confidence, expected economic situation and price expectations. Business and consumer opinion (tendency) surveys provide qualitative information that has proved useful for monitoring the current economic situation. Typically they are based on a sample of enterprises or households and respondents are asked about their assessments of the current situation and expectations for the immediate future. For enterprise surveys this concerns topics such as production, orders, stocks etc. and in the case of consumer surveys their intentions concerning major purposes, economic situation now compared with the recent past and expectations for the immediate future. Many survey series provide advance warning of turning points in aggregate economic activity as measured by GDP or industrial production. Such series are known as leading indicators in cyclical analysis. These types of survey series are widely used as component series in composite leading indicators. The main characteristic of these types of surveys is that instead of asking for exact figures, they usually ask for the direction of change e.g. a question on tendency by reference to a “normal” state, e.g. of production level. Possible answers are generally of the three point scale type e.g. up/same/down or above normal/normal/below normal for enterprise surveys and of the five point scale type e.g. increase sharply/increase slightly/remain the same/fall slightly/fall sharply for consumer surveys. In presenting the results as a time series, only the balance is shown. That is “same” or “normal” answers are ignored and the balance is obtained by taking the difference between percentages of respondents giving favourable and unfavourable answers. Virtually all business tendency and consumer opinion survey data are presented as time series of balances in this dataset, either in raw or seasonally adjusted form. Very few series are presented as indices, and where these exist they have generally been converted from underlying balances by countries before submitting the data to the OECD.  
    • agosto 2017
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 agosto, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Institutional coverage As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business data where composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Item coverage Business written in the reporting country on a gross and net premium basis. It contains a breakdown between domestic companies, foreign-controlled companies and branches and agencies or foreign companies.
    • febrero 2012
      Fuente: Federal State Statistics Service, Russia
      Subido por: Knoema
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Внешняя торговля товарами Российской Федерации по странам партнерам, 1995-2011
  • C
    • febrero 2017
      Fuente: World Resources Institute
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 junio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      CAIT Historic allows for easy access, analysis and visualization of the latest available international greenhouse gas emissions data. It includes information for 186 countries, 50 U.S. states, 6 gases, multiple economic sectors, and 160 years - carbon dioxide emissions for 1850-2012 and multi-sector greenhouse gas emission for 1990-2012.
    • marzo 2017
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 abril, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • marzo 2017
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 abril, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • marzo 2016
      Fuente: International Organization of Motor Vehicle Manufacturers
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 abril, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      OICA Car Production Statistics 1999-2016 contains world motor vehicle production statistics, obtained from national trade organisations, OICA members or correspondents. Passenger cars are motor vehicles with at least four wheels, used for the transport of passengers, and comprising no more than eight seats in addition to the driver's seat. Commercial vehicles include light commercial vehicles, heavy trucks, coaches and buses.
    • agosto 2013
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 septiembre, 2014
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Transactions within the international production network and imports and exports of final goods and services can be estimated by using an inter-country economic model based on multi-regional input-output (MRIO) modelling techniques. In order to achieve this, national Input-Output tables are first converted to a common currency (nominal USD) and the import matrices are disaggregated to separate bilateral flows of goods and services. A range of adjustments to deal with measurement issues such as re-exports; unspecified partners and commodities; and missing data, particularly for trade in services, are necessary before the analysis.
    • enero 2008
      Fuente: Carbon Dioxide Information Analysis Center
      Subido por: Knoema
      Seleccionar base de datos
      In summary, this database provides estimates of regional and global net carbon fluxes, on a year-by-year basis from 1850 through 2005, resulting from changes in land use (such as harvesting of forest products and clearing for agriculture), taking into account not only the initial removal and oxidation of the carbon in the vegetation, but also subsequent regrowth and changes in soil carbon. The net flux of carbon to the atmosphere from changes in land use from 1850 to 2005 was modeled as a function of documented land-use change and changes in aboveground and belowground carbon following changes in land use.
    • noviembre 2015
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 diciembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings).
    • abril 2013
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 enero, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat Dataset Id:fish_ca_atl271 Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings). The concepts and definitions used in the compilation of catch statistics are those laid down by the Coordinating Working Party on Fishery Statistics (CWP), of which Eurostat is one of the member organizations. These concepts and definitions have been in force since the late 1950's and are applied uniformly worldwide by the CWP and by the national authorities reporting to its member organizations. Therefore, though the quality of the data varies from country to country (being in many cases a function of the general characteristics of the national fishing industry), there is a high degree of comparability between countries and over time.  Nominal catch  The data refer to the catch of freshwater, brackish water and marine species of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic animals and plants, killed, caught, trapped or collected for all commercial, industrial, recreational and subsistence purposes. In view of the importance of recreational fishing regarding some stocks and for certain countries, as well as the difficulty of distinguishing between recreational and subsistence fishing, the data should include the catches from recreational fisheries as well. However, it is recognised that certain countries are unable to supply the data for recreational fisheries. The catches are expressed in the live weight equivalent of the landings. As such they exclude all quantities caught but not landed (for example: discarded fish, fish consumed on board). The unit used is generally the metric ton. Data for marine mammals (e.g. whales) and certain other animals (e.g. crocodiles) are expressed in the number caught. The nominal catch data are normally derived from the landed quantities of the fishery products. For this purpose, the landed weight is converted to the live weight equivalent (nominal catch) by the application of factors. Species: All species for which catches are reported to international organizations are included in the Eurostat's database. They are identified by the internationally assigned three letter identifier (e.g. COD = Atlantic cod, PLE = European plaice) according to the FAO ASFIS (Aquatic Sciences and Fishery Information System) list of Species for Fishery Statistics Purposes. Fishing areas/regions: The catches are sub-divided by the area in which they occur. The methodologies vary from country to country depending on the nature of their fishing industries. Basic documentation used in collecting the data from EU fisheries are fishing log-books, landings declarations and sales notes used in the management of catch quota and market management systems within the Common Fisheries Policy. The methodologies used by EEA member countries have been described in the Eurostat publication "Fisheries: The collection and compilation of fish catch and landing statistics in member countries of the European Economic Area". Those used by the New Member States are described in a working document "Fisheries: The collection and compilation of fishery statistics in European Union Candidate Countries"
    • noviembre 2015
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 septiembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings).
    • junio 2016
      Fuente: African Development Bank Group
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 julio, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This Dataset describes the list of common indicators from census datasets of african countries.
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Central bank board members by sex, 2016
    • julio 2014
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 agosto, 2014
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Note:  The updates and revisions for the OECD Central Government Debt Database have been suspended. This dataset is no longer updated. For more info, please read http://stats.oecd.org/Index.aspx?DataSetCode=GOV_DEBT   Statistical population The focus of this dataset is to provide comprehensive quantitative information on marketable and non-marketable central government debt instruments in all OECD member countries. The coverage of the data is limited to central government debt issuance and excludes therefore state and local government debt and social security funds.
    • abril 2017
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 agosto, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This table reports statutory central government personal income tax rates for wage income plus the taxable income thresholds at which these statutory rates apply. The table also reports basic/standard tax allowances, tax credits and surtax rates. The information is applicable to a single person without dependents. The threshold, tax allowance and tax credit amounts are expressed in national currencies Tapered means that the tax relief basic amount is reduced with increasing income Further explanatory notes may be found in the Explanatory Annex This data represents part of the data presented within the Excel file “Personal income tax rates and thresholds for central governments - Table I.1”. The Data for 1981 to 1999 is not included here within as not all the data for these years is either available, or can be verified. The OECD tax database provides comparative information on a range of tax statistics - tax revenues, personal income taxes, non-tax compulsory payments, corporate and capital income taxes and taxes on consumption - that are levied in the 34 OECD member countries.” Tax policy Analysis homepage OECD Tax Database Taxing Wages Dissemination format(s) This data is also presented through the OECD Tax database webpage. OECD Tax Database
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Editorial Projects in Education
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Chance for Success Index Indicators United States, 2015
    • diciembre 2016
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • octubre 2016
      Fuente: Editorial Projects in Education
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 octubre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Childhood Well-being Indicators United States, 2014
    • octubre 2015
      Fuente: U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 noviembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The data are from the National Health Interview Survey (NHIS), a continuous national survey of the civilian noninstitutionalized population of the United States. Data are collected through in-person computer assisted household interviews.
    • marzo 2017
      Fuente: ScienceDirect
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 julio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • julio 2015
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 octubre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • septiembre 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 09 octubre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • septiembre 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 09 octubre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • enero 2016
      Fuente: World Bank
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 septiembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • diciembre 2012
      Fuente: World Bank
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 septiembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • julio 2017
      Fuente: End Coal
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 agosto, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • septiembre 2015
      Fuente: MortgageStats
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 febrero, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • agosto 2017
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 agosto, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Institutional coverage As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business data where composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Item coverage Commissions in the reporting country, containing a breakdown between domestic companies, foreign-controlled companies and branches and agences of foreign companies.
    • febrero 2017
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 marzo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Food supply data is some of the most important data in FAOSTAT. In fact, this data is for the basis for estimation of global and national undernourishment assessment, when it is combined with parameters and other data sets. This data has been the foundation of food balance sheets ever since they were first constructed. The data is accessed by both business and governments for economic analysis and policy setting, as well as being used by the academic community.
    • noviembre 2014
      Fuente: U.S. National Center for Education Statistics
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 septiembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • marzo 2016
      Fuente: UNESCO Institute for Statistics
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • junio 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 junio, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • junio 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 junio, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the "identity" of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • junio 2012
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 septiembre, 2014
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The OECD Science, Technology and Industry Outlook 2012 presents, in a series of country profiles, the main features, strengths and weaknesses of national STI systems and major recent changes in national STI policy. The statistical dimension of the country profiles has drawn on the work and empirical research conducted by the OECD on the measurement of innovation and the development of internationally comparable STI indicators for policy analysis.   
    • octubre 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 octubre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Purchasing power parities (PPPs) are indicators of price level differences across countries. PPPs tell us how many currency units a given quantity of goods and services costs in different countries. PPPs can thus be used as currency conversion rates to convert expenditures expressed in national currencies into an artificial common currency (the Purchasing Power Standard, PPS), eliminating the effect of price level differences across countries. The main use of PPPs is to convert national accounts aggregates, like the Gross Domestic Product (GDP) of different countries, into comparable volume aggregates. Applying nominal exchange rates in this process would overestimate the GDP of countries with high price levels relative to countries with low price levels. The use of PPPs ensures that the GDP of all countries is valued at a uniform price level and thus reflects only differences in the actual volume of the economy. PPPs are also applied in analyses of relative price levels across countries. For this purpose, the PPPs are divided by the current nominal exchange rate to obtain a price level index (PLI) which expresses the price level of a given country relative to another, or relative to a group of countries like the EU28. The production of PPPs is a multilateral exercise involving the National Statistical Institutes of the participating countries, Eurostat and the OECD. Indicators in Eurostat's dissemination database The indicators published in the price domain on Eurostat's website are the following:Purchasing power parities (PPPs) scaled to the sum of expenditures of the EU Member States expressed in euro. This means that the PPP of one particular country indicates how many units of national currency one would need in that country in order to maintain the purchasing power of one euro in the EUPrice level indices (PLIs) as defined aboveNominal expenditure in national currency, as extracted from each country's national accountsNominal expenditure as percentage of GDPNominal expenditure in euroNominal expenditure per inhabitant in euroReal expenditure, defined as nominal expenditure divided by the PPPReal expenditure per inhabitantVolume indices of real expenditure per inhabitantThe convergence indicators, defined as the coefficient of variation of the price level indices (PLIs) and per capita volume indices (VIs) of gross domestic product (GDP), actual individual consumption (AIC) and household final consumption expenditure (HFCE). It measures the price and volume convergence across countries. In addition, PPPs and real expenditures are available from the national accounts domain of the database. For further details, cf. 17.1.
    • febrero 2017
      Fuente: US Government Revenue
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 marzo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Comparison of State and Local Government Revenue and Debt in the United States -5yr -1yr Fiscal Year 2017 +1yr +4yr
    • febrero 2017
      Fuente: US Government Spending
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 marzo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Comparison of State and Local Government Spending in the United States -5yr -1yr Fiscal Year 2021
    • mayo 2017
      Fuente: National Association of Insurance Commissioners
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 agosto, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • diciembre 2009
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 mayo, 2014
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_bo_ou_comp The Bologna declaration was signed in 1999 by 29 European ministers responsible for higher education. Today, 46 signatory countries are engaged in the process towards a European Higher Education Area (EHEA). The Bologna Process is an intergovernmental initiative which also involves the European Commission, the Council of Europe and UNESCO-CEPES, as well as representatives of higher education institutions, students, staff, employers and quality assurance agencies. It aims to create a European Higher Education Area by 2010, and to promote the European system of higher education worldwide. More information on the Bologna process is available on http://ec.europa.eu/education/higher-education/doc1290_en.htm. Many indicators on social dimension and mobility in the Bologna process come from the UOE data collection in the education statistics domain. The completion rate (educ_bo_ou_comp) was computed in the framework of the UOE data collection (jointly carried out by Unesco, OECD and Eurostat), but is usually disseminated by OECD only. The methodology for estimating completion rates varies across countries. They can use three methods: the cross-section method, the true cohort method, or the synthetic cohort method (see section 11.1 below for more details). The year of reference gives the reference year for the number of graduates. The estimation assumes constant student flows at the tertiary level, owing to the need for consistency between the graduate cohort in the reference year and the entrant cohort n years before. This assumption may be an oversimplification. Results are less reliable in systems in which enrolments fluctuate markedly, or students are faced with many different options as regards the length of courses for which they may enrol or in which there are many changes in programmes between the years of admission and graduation respectively. The inclusion of foreign students in the new entrant questionnaire can have an impact on the completion rates indicator. In some countries, the proportion of foreign students represents a large part of tertiary population, and all of them are considered as new entrants in tertiary education (as advised in UOE Guidelines) whereas most of them won't be graduated at this level of education. The consequence is to underestimate the completion rates in those countries with relatively large proportions of foreign students enrolled in tertiary education.
    • octubre 2017
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 octubre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      CLIs are calculated for 33 OECD countries (Iceland is not included), 6 non-member economies and 8 zone aggregates. A country CLI comprises a set of component series selected from a wide range of key short-term economic indicators. CLIs, reference series data (see below) and standardised business and consumer confidence indicators are presented in various forms. For further information on interpretation and comparability of various form please refer to the presentation section of the OECD CLI methodology document: http://www.oecd.org/std/leading-indicators/41629509.pdf. The composite leading indicator is a times series, formed by aggregating a variety of component indicators which show a reasonably consistent relationship with a reference series (e.g. industrial production IIP up to March 2012 and since then the reference series is GDP) at turning points. The OECD CLI is designed to provide qualitative information on short-term economic movements, especially at the turning points, rather than quantitative measures. Therefore, the main message of CLI movements over time is the increase or decrease, rather than the amplitude of the changes. The OECD’s headline indicator is the amplitude adjusted CLI. In practice, turning points in the de-trended reference series have been found about 4 to 8 months (on average) after the signals of turning points had been detected in the headline CLI. The full list of component series used in the calculation of each country's CLI is available on the OECD website at: http://www.oecd.org/std/leading-indicators/oecdcompositeleadingindicatorsreferenceturningpointsandcomponentseries.htm . Detailed information on the OECD methodology for CLIs can be found on the OECD website at http://stats.oecd.org/mei/default.asp?rev=2 .
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 marzo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Computer use by age and Sex
    • diciembre 2016
      Fuente: Concordia
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 julio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      THE CONCORDIA PARTNERSHIP Index (the Index) was developed as a tool for public, private, and nonprofit organizations to identify opportunities to form strategic partnerships and pool resources for the implementation of innovative ideas. The Index ranks countries based on their readiness and need to engage in public-private partnerships (P3s). The inclu- sion of the need indicators sets the Index apart from other indices that measure P3 environ- ments. While the success of a P3 depends on a country’s political and market structures, the Index recognizes that for a P3 to be truly impactful it must address a large-scale need.
    • diciembre 2016
      Fuente: Federal Housing Finance Agency
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are restricted by law to purchasing single-family mortgages with origination balances below a specific amount, known as the “conforming loan limit.” Loans above this limit are known as jumbo loans. The national conforming loan limit for mortgages that finance single-family one-unit properties increased from $33,000 in the early 1970s to $417,000 for 2006-2008, with limits 50 percent higher for four statutorily-designated high cost areas: Alaska, Hawaii, Guam, and the U.S. Virgin Islands. Since 2008, various legislative acts increased the loan limits in certain high-cost areas in the United States. While some of the legislative initiatives established temporary limits for loans originated in select time periods, a permanent formula was established under the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008 (HERA). The 2016 loan limits have been set under the HERA formula
    • octubre 2017
      Fuente: Bank for International Settlements
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 octubre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • agosto 2016
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 octubre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Financial balance sheet, which completes the sequence of the accounts and gives a picture of their financial net worth at the end of the accounting period, records the stocks of the financial assets and liabilities held by the institutional sectors, at the end of the period. As a general principal, the valuation of the financial assets and liabilities are at market value, which is the basic reference for valuation in the SNA.   Note: Data is not seasonally adjusted
    • junio 2017
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 agosto, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset presents the Consolidated financial balance sheets by economic sector (Quarterly table 0710), according to SNA 2008 methodology. It comprises all flows, which record, by type of financial instruments, the financial transactions between institutional sectors.
    • septiembre 2016
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 octubre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data is not seasonally adjusted As a general rule in national accounts, the financial flows have to be recorded on a non-consolidated basis. However, consolidation data can be more significant for certain kind of analysis. In Subject 610Q, data are reported on a consolidated basis, which means that counterparts’ transactions of financial assets or liabilities of sub-sectors of the same sector and of institutional units of the same sub-sector are eliminated. As a general principal, the valuation of the financial assets and liabilities are at market value, which is the basic reference for valuation in the SNA. Definitions and concepts are currently in line with the 1993 System of national Accounts (SNA 1993) (see 1993sna.pdf link). For the new 2008 SNA, which will be implemented as from 2014, see SNA2008.pdf link. French version, forthcoming (see sna2008.asp link). Unit of measure used - Statistics are reported at current prices in millions of national currency.  
    • junio 2017
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 agosto, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset presents the Consolidated financial transactions by economic sector (Quarterly table 0610), according to SNA 2008 methodology. It comprises all flows, which record, by type of financial instruments, the financial transactions between institutional sectors.
    • octubre 2017
      Fuente: International Monetary Fund
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 octubre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Consumer price indexes (CPIs) are index numbers that measure changes in the prices of goods and services purchased or otherwise acquired by households, which households use directly, or indirectly, to satisfy their own needs and wants. In practice, most CPIs are calculated as weighted averages of the percentage price changes for a specified set, or ‘‘basket’’, of consumer products, the weights reflecting their relative importance in household consumption in some period. CPIs are widely used to index pensions and social security benefits. CPIs are also used to index other payments, such as interest payments or rents, or the prices of bonds. CPIs are also commonly used as a proxy for the general rate of inflation, even though they measure only consumer inflation. They are used by some governments or central banks to set inflation targets for purposes of monetary policy. The price data collected for CPI purposes can also be used to compile other indices, such as the price indices used to deflate household consumption expenditures in national accounts, or the purchasing power parities used to compare real levels of consumption in different countries.
    • septiembre 2017
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 septiembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The 'Consumer Prices (MEI)' dataset contains predominantly monthly statistics, and associated statistical methodological information, for the 35 OECD member countries and for some non-member countries. The 'Consumer Prices (MEI)' dataset itself contains statistics on Consumer Price Indices. The data series presented have been chosen as the most relevant prices statistics in the MEI database for which comparable data across countries is available. In all cases a lot of effort has been made to ensure that the data are internationally comparable across all countries presented and that all the subjects have good historical time-series’ data to aid with analysis. Data are available monthly for all the countries except for Australia and New Zealand (quarterly data), and are presented as an index where the year 2010 is the base year.
    • junio 2012
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 junio, 2012
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Note: Not seasonally adjusted data
    • agosto 2014
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 diciembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_igen The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • agosto 2011
      Fuente: National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
      Subido por: Olga Bikeeva
      Acceso el: 29 agosto, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      States Affected and Category by States Affected: The impact of the hurricane on individual U.S. states based upon the Saffir-Simpson Hurricane Wind Scale (through the estimate of the maximum sustained [1-min] surface [10 m] winds at each state). TX S-South Texas, TX C-Central Texas, TX N-North Texas, LA-Louisiana, MS-Mississippi, AL-Alabama, FL NW-Northwest Florida, FL SW-Southwest Florida, FL SE-Southeast Florida, FL NE-Northeast Florida, GA-Georgia, SC-South Carolina, NC-North Carolina, VA-Virginia, MD-Maryland, DE-Delaware, NJ-New Jersey, NY-New York, PA-Pennsylvania, CT-Connecticut, RI-Rhode Island, MA-Massachusetts, NH-New Hampshire, ME-Maine. In Texas, south refers to the area from the Mexican border to Corpus Christi; central spans from north of Corpus Christi to Matagorda Bay and north refers to the region from north of Matagorda Bay to the Louisiana border. In Florida, the north-south dividing line is from Cape Canaveral [28.45N] to Tarpon Springs [28.17N]. The dividing line between west-east Florida goes from 82.69W at the north Florida border with Georgia, to Lake Okeechobee and due south along longitude 80.85W.) Occasionally, a hurricane will cause a hurricane impact (estimated maximum sustained surface winds) in an inland state. To differentiate these cases versus coastal hurricane impacts, these inland hurricane strikes are denoted with an "I" prefix before the state abbreviation. States that have been so impacted at least once during this time period include Alabama (IAL), Georgia (IGA), North Carolina (INC), Virginia (IVA), and Pennsylvania (IPA). The Florida peninsula, by the nature of its relatively landmass, is all considered as coastal in this database. Highest U.S. Saffir-Simpson Category: The highest Saffir-Simpson Hurricane Wind Scale impact in the United States based upon estimated maximum sustained (1-min) surface (10 m) winds produced at the coast. ("TS" indicates that the system caused only tropical storm conditions in the United States, though it was a hurricane at landfall. See "&" below.) Central Pressure: The observed or estimated central pressure of the hurricane at landfall. Maximum Winds: Estimated maximum sustained (1-min) surface (10 m) winds to occur along the U. S. coast. Winds are estimated to the nearest 10 kt for the period of 1851 to 1885 and to the nearest 5 kt for the period of 1886 to date. (1 kt = 1.15 mph.) * - Indicates that the hurricane center did not make a U.S. landfall (or substantially weakened before making landfall), but did produce the indicated hurricane-force winds over land. In this case, central pressure is given for the time that the hurricane winds along the coast were the strongest. & - Indicates that the hurricane center did make a direct landfall, but that the strongest winds likely remained offshore. Thus the winds indicated here are lower than in HURDAT. # - Indicates that the hurricane made landfall over Mexico, but also caused sustained hurricane force surface winds in Texas. The strongest winds at landfall impacted Mexico, while the weaker maximum sustained winds indicated here were conditions estimated to occur in Texas. Indicated central pressure given is that at Mexican landfall. Additional Note: Because of the sparseness of towns and cities before 1900 in some coastal locations along the United States, the above list is not complete for all states. Before the Gulf of Mexico and Atlantic coasts became settled, hurricanes may have been underestimated in their intensity or missed completely for small-sized systems (i.e., 2004's Hurricane Charley). The following list provides estimated dates when accurate tropical cyclone records began for specified regions of the United States based upon U.S Census reports and other historical analyses. Years in parenthesis indicate possible starting dates for reliable records before the 1850s that may be available with additional research: Texas-south > 1880, Texas-central > 1851, Texas-north > 1860, Louisiana > 1880, Mississippi > 1851, Alabama < 1851 (1830), Florida-northwest > 1880, Florida-southwest > 1900, Florida-southeast > 1900, Florida-northeast > 1880, Georgia < 1851 (1800), South Carolina < 1851 (1760), North Carolina < 1851 (1760), Virginia < 1851 (1700), Maryland < 1851 (1760), Delaware < 1851 (1700), New Jersey < 1851 (1760), New York < 1851 (1700), Connecticut < 1851 (1660), Rhode Island < 1851 (1760), Massachusetts < 1851 (1660), New Hampshire < 1851 (1660), and Maine < 1851 (1790).
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 febrero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Control of corruption captures perceptions of the extent to which public power is exercised for private gain, including both petty and grand forms of corruption, as well as "capture" of the state by elites and pricate interests. The Worldwide Governance Indicators report on six broad dimensions of governance for 215 countries over the period 1996-2014: Voice and Accountability, Political Stability and Absence of Violence, Government Effectiveness, Regulatory Quality, Rule of Law and Control of Corruption.
    • diciembre 2016
      Fuente: International Monetary Fund
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 febrero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The CDIS database presents detailed data on "inward" direct investment positions (i.e., direct investment into the reporting economy) cross-classified by economy of immediate investor, and data on "outward" direct investment positions (i.e., direct investment abroad by the reporting economy) cross-classified by economy of immediate investment. The CDIS database contains breakdowns of direct investment position data, including, in most instances, separate data on net equity and net debt positions, as well as tables that present "mirror" data (i.e., tables in which data from the reporting economy are shown side-by-side with the data obtained from all other counterpart reporting economies).
    • julio 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 julio, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications / granted to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications / granted to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.
    • julio 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 julio, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • julio 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 julio, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications / granted to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications / granted to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.
    • julio 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 julio, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • diciembre 2016
      Fuente: Transparency International
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Transparency International(TI) defines corruption as the abuse of entrusted power for private gain. This definition encompasses corrupt practices in both the public and private sectors. The Corruption Perceptions Index (CPI) ranks countries according to the perception of corruption in the public sector. The CPI is an aggregate indicator that combines different sources of information about corruption, making it possible to compare countries. The CPI ranks almost 200 countries by their perceived levels of corruption, as determined by expert assessments and opinion surveys.
    • febrero 2017
      Fuente: Numbeo
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 marzo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      These indices are relative to New York City (NYC). Which means that for New York City, each index should be 100(%). If another city has, for example, rent index of 120, it means rents in average in that city are 20% more expensive than in New York City. If a city has rent index of 70, that means in the average in that city rents are 30% less expensive than in New York City. Cost of Living Index (Excl. Rent) is a relative indicator of consumer goods price, including groceries, restaurants, transportation and utilities. Cost of Living Index doesn't include accommodation expenses such as rent or mortgage. If a city has a Cost of Living Index of 120, it means Numbeo estimates it is 20% more expensive than New York (excluding rent). Rent Index is estimation of prices of renting apartments in the city compared to New York City. If Rent index is 80, Numbeo estimates that price for renting in that city is 80% of price in New York. Groceries Index is an estimation of grocery prices in the city compared to New York City. To calculate this section, Numbeo uses "Markets"section of each city. Restaurants Index is a comparison of prices of meals and drinks in restaurants and bars compared to NYC. Cost of Living Plus Rent Index is an estimation of consumer goods prices including rent in the city comparing to New York City. Local Purchasing Power shows relative purchasing power in buying goods and services in a given city for the average wage in that city. If domestic purchasing power is 40, this means that the inhabitants of that city with the average salary can afford to buy 60% less typical goods and services than New York City residents with an average salary.
    • noviembre 2014
      Fuente: Central Agency for Public Mobilization and Statistics of Egypt
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 diciembre, 2014
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2015
      Fuente: International Monetary Fund
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 agosto, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Global growth is forecast at 3.5 percent in 2015 and 3.8 percent in 2016, with uneven prospects across the main countries and regions of the world. The distribution of risks to near-term global growth has become more balanced relative to the October World Economic Outlook but is still tilted to the downside. The decline in oil prices could boost activity more than expected. Geopolitical tensions continue to pose threats, and risks of disruptive shifts in asset prices remain relevant. In some advanced economies, protracted low inflation or deflation also pose risks to activity. The chapter takes a region-by-region look at the recent development in the world economy and the outlook for 2015, with particular attention to notable development in countries within each region.
    • julio 2017
      Fuente: Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 agosto, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Reports - Statistical Releases E.16 Country Exposure Lending Survey and Country Exposure Information Report
    • abril 2017
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 junio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Country Programmable Aid (CPA), outlined in our Development Brief  and also known as “core” aid, is the portion of aid donors programme for individual countries, and over which partner countries could have a significant say. CPA is much closer than ODA to capturing the flows of aid that goes to the partner country, and has been proven in several studies to be a good proxy of aid recorded at country level. CPA was developed in 2007 in close collaboration with DAC members. It is derived on the basis of DAC statistics and was retroactively calculated from 2000 onwards
    • julio 2016
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 julio, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Country Programmable Aid (CPA), outlined in our Development Brief  and also known as “core” aid, is the portion of aid donors programme for individual countries, and over which partner countries could have a significant say. CPA is much closer than ODA to capturing the flows of aid that goes to the partner country, and has been proven in several studies to be a good proxy of aid recorded at country level. CPA was developed in 2007 in close collaboration with DAC members. It is derived on the basis of DAC statistics and was retroactively calculated from 2000 onwards
    • junio 2017
      Fuente: Reputation Institute
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 julio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Country RepTrak | Top Countries by ReputationThe Global RepTrak® 100 is a study that Reputation Institute conducts annually to measure the reputation of the world’s 100 most highly-regarded and familiar global companies in 15 countries. Included firms must meet the following qualifications: 1) Have a significant economic presence in the 15 largest economies 2) Have an above average reputation in its home country 3) Have global familiarity over 40% It is the largest Global reputation study, with ~170,000 ratings collected in Q1 2017.   Normative Scale for Reputation track pulse score Excellent/Top Tier: 80+ Strong/Robust: 70-79 Avg./Moderate: 60-69 Weak/Vulnerable: 40-59 Poor/Lowest: <40
    • marzo 2012
      Fuente: Knoema
      Subido por: Knoema
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Country Risk Assessment Database, 2012. Source: Multiple Sources - EuroStat, WB, IMF, OECD, UNCTAD
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 febrero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The country statistical profiles provide a broad selection of indicators, illustrating the demographic, economic, environmental and social developments, for all OECD members. The dataset also covers the five key partner economies with which the OECD has developed an enhanced engagement program with (Brazil, China, India, Indonesia and South Africa) ,accession countries (Colombia, Costa Rica and Lithuania) , Peru and the Russian Federation. The user can easily compare indicators across all countries. Total fertility rates - Unit of measure used: Number of children born to women aged 15 to 49
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2016
      Fuente: International Monetary Fund
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 abril, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      COFR presents data on fiscal transparency. It provides an overview of fiscal reporting, including whether fiscal data are available for all of the general government, whether the government reports a balance sheet, and whether spending and revenue are reported on a cash or accrual basis. It also derives specific indices of the coverage of public institutions, fiscal flows, and fiscal stocks.
    • diciembre 2016
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 febrero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Credit to Agriculture dataset provides national data for over 100 countries on the amount of loans provided by the private/commercial banking sector to producers in agriculture, forestry and fisheries, including household producers, cooperatives, and agro-businesses. For some countries, the three subsectors of agriculture, forestry, and fishing are completely specified. In other cases, complete disaggregations are not available. The dataset also provides statistics on the total credit to all industries, indicators on the share of credit to agricultural producers, and an agriculture orientation index (the agriculture share of credit, over the agriculture share of GDP).
    • octubre 2013
      Fuente: ESPN Cricinfo
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 octubre, 2013
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Cricket Statistics, 2013
    • febrero 2017
      Fuente: Numbeo
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 abril, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Crime Index is an estimation of overall level of crime in a given city or a country. We consider crime levels lower than 20 as very low, crime levels between 20 and 40 as being low, crime levels between 40 and 60 as being moderate, crime levels between 60 and 80 as being high and finally crime levels higher than 80 as being very high. Safety index is, on the other way, quite opposite of crime index. If the city has a high safety index, it is considered very safe.
    • febrero 2015
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 diciembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat Dataset Id:crim_hist Data on crime (offences recorded by the police - total crime, homicide, violent crime, robbery, domestic burglary, theft of a motor vehicle, drug trafficking), the number of police officers and the prison population are available at country level for European Union Member States, EFTA countries, EU Candidate countries, and EU Potential Candidates. Data on homicide is also available by capital cities (police areas) in these countries. Data for the United Kingdom (England & Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland) appears separately owing to the existence of three separate jurisdictions. The data come from official sources in the countries such as the National Statistics Office, the National Prison Administration, the Ministries of the Interior or Justice and the Police. Calendar year or national financial year data are provided in absolute numbers. No statistical adjustments are carried out. Regional data : Data on domestic burglary, homicide, robbery and theft of motor vehicle are available on a regional level for 2008, 2009 and 2010 only. The data are available for the European Union member States, EFTA countries, EU Candidate countries and EU Potential candidates. Please note that for paragraphs where non metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • febrero 2013
      Fuente: RAND Corporation
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 noviembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This report describes the results of a study of the sources and reliability of the supply of imported materials on which United States manufacturers are dependent. It should be of interest to a broad spectrum of individuals and organizations in the materials and manufacturing sectors as well as government, private sector, and non-profit organizations involved with or concerned about those sectors. This research was sponsored by the National Intelligence Council and conducted within the Intelligence Policy Center of the RAND National Defense Research Institute, a federally funded research and development center sponsored by the Office of the Secretary of Defense, the Joint Staff, the Unified Combatant Commands, the Navy, the Marine Corps, the defense agencies, and the defense Intelligence Community
    • junio 2016
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 febrero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from crop residues consist of direct and indirect nitrous oxide (N2O) emissions from nitrogen (N) in crop residues and forage/pasture renewal left on agricultural fields by farmers. Specifically, N2O is produced by microbial processes of nitrification and de-nitrification taking place on the deposition site (direct emissions), and after volatilization/re-deposition and leaching processes (indirect emissions). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories, Vol. 4, Ch. 2 and 11(http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided as direct, indirect and total by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq, by crop and N content in residues.
    • diciembre 2016
      Fuente: European Commission
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 abril, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Monthly and Cumulative Crude Oil Imports in Intra EU, December 2016 Note: (1) Source: Council Regulation (EC) n°2964/95 of 20 December 1995. (2) The cif price includes the fob price (the price actually invoiced at the port of loading), the cost of transport, insurance and certain charges linked to crude oil transfer operations. (3) Due to confidentiality Czech Republic is excluded from EU(28). (4) For Romania November-2016 and December-2016 are estimations derived from Eurostat data
    • septiembre 2017
      Fuente: U.S. Energy Information Administration
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 octubre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • junio 2016
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 febrero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      GHG emissions data from cultivation of organic soils are those associated with nitrous oxide gas from cultivated organic soils under cropland (item: cropland organic soils) and grassland (item: grassland organic soils). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, region and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed both as Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq, by cropland, grassland and by the two aggregated. Implied emission factor for N2O as well activity data (areas) are also provided.
    • octubre 2017
      Fuente: Pan American Health Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 octubre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      1. Incidence rate (autochthonous suspected + autochthonous confirmed) / 100,000 population. 2. Deaths among Zika cases do not include deaths related to Guillain-Barré syndrome (GBS) or congenital malformations associated with Zika virus infection. As of 12 May 2016, previously reported deaths related to GBS were removed from this total. 3. Confirmed congenital syndrome associated with Zika virus infection case definition: Live newborn who meets the criteria for a suspected case of congenital syndrome associated with Zika virus AND Zika virus infection was detected in specimens of the newborn, regardless of detection of other pathogens
    • mayo 2017
      Fuente: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 julio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This table shows exchange rates for currencies used in over 190 world economies presented in a cross rates layout where countries are presented in both rows and columns. National currency per US dollars exchange rates are used to derive explicit exchange rates for each of the countries presented with regard to any other country. Country series are consistent over time: for example, a conversion was made from national currency to Euro for the Euro Zone economies for all years prior to the adoption of Euro.
    • octubre 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 octubre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a geographical region during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services, a component of BoP current account, and data on Foreign Direct Investment, a component of BoP financial account, are used to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Outward Foreign Affiliates Statistics (FATS) measure the commercial presence, as defined by the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS), through affiliates in foreign markets. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports.  Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU or in millions of national currency. Balance of Payments data coverage varies according to the collection. Some collections refer only to Euro area or EU countries, while some others' coverage includes also EU partner countries.   Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide 2003. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.    More information on BoP is available for each specific collection: Quarterly BoP, ITS, FDI, Outward FATS, BoP of EU Institutions.
    • marzo 2017
      Fuente: U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 julio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
  • D
    • marzo 2015
      Fuente: Bank of Canada
      Subido por: Kirill Kosenkov
      Acceso el: 27 julio, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Bank of Canada’s Credit Rating Assessment Group (CRAG) comprehensive database of sovereign defaults draws on previously published data sets compiled by various official and private sector sources. It combines elements of these, together with new information, to develop estimates of stocks of government obligations in default, including bonds and other marketable securities, bank loans, and official loans in default, valued in U.S. dollars, for the years 1975 to 2014 on both a country-by-country and a global basis. This update of CRAG’s database, and subsequent updates, will be useful to researchers analyzing the economic and financial effects of individual sovereign defaults and, importantly, the impact on global financial stability of episodes involving multiple sovereign defaults.
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 marzo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Death rate by causes of death and sex
    • marzo 2014
      Fuente: Center for Systemic Peace
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 agosto, 2014
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The following table lists 328 episodes of armed conflict (including 30 ongoing cases) that comprise a comprehensive accounting of all forms of major armed conflicts in the world over the contemporary period: 1946-2013
    • mayo 2016
      Fuente: The PEW Charitable Trusts
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 abril, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Debt and state personal income are based on calendar years; pension and retiree health care data are based on states’ own fiscal years. Retiree health care data are reported since 2010 because states only began publishing the plans’ unfunded obligations in 2008, and states were still adjusting to the new reporting standards in the first two years. Pension data are reported since 2003 because it is the first year for which Pew collected data. The size of a state’s liability is expressed as a percentage of personal income. But when expressing how much a state’s liability has changed, such as between 2003 and 2013, the difference between those percentages is measured in percentage points, not percent. Dollar values are rounded to the nearest thousand. Obligations as a share of state personal income are rounded to the nearest tenth of a percent. Obligations as a share of personal income may not always sum due to rounding.
    • diciembre 2016
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 agosto, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset contains three earnings-dispersion measures - ratio of 9th-to-1st, 9th-to-5th and 5th-to-1st - where ninth, fifth (or median) and first deciles are upper-earnings decile limits, unless otherwise indicated, of gross earnings of full-time dependent employees. The dataset also includes series on: the incidence of low-paid workers defined as the share of full-time workers earning less than two-thirds of gross median earnings of all full-time workers; the incidence of high of high-paid workers defined as the share of full-time workers earning more than one-and-half time gross median earnings of all full-time workers; gender wage gap unadjusted and defined as the difference between median wages of men and women relative to the median wages of men.
    • marzo 2017
      Fuente: U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 junio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Department of Veterans Affairs-Population, 2016
    • diciembre 2015
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 marzo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The objective of this dataset is to trace net changes in terms of volume in the growing stock of standing wood on forest land. It shows data underlying the indicator on the intensity of use of forest resources. This indicator relates actual fellings to annual productive capacity (i.e. gross increment). Forest depletion and growth describe balances or imbalances in different types of forests. The intensity of use of forest resources reflects various forest management methods and their sustainability. These data should be read in connection with other indicators of the OECD Core Set, in particular with indicators on land use changes and forest quality (species diversity, forest degradation), and be complemented with data on forest management practices and protection measures. In interpreting these data, it should be borne in mind that definitions and estimation methods vary among countries.
    • diciembre 2015
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 febrero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business datawhere composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Click to collapse Item coverage Outstanding investment by direct insurance companies, classified by investment category, by the companies' nationality and by its destination (domestic or foreign). As of 2009, investment data exclude assets linked to unit-linked products sold to policyholders.
    • abril 2017
      Fuente: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 julio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Financing Global Health 2016 is the eighth edition of IHME’s annual series on global health spending and health financing. In addition to describing the trends in development assistance for health (DAH), this year’s report features an expanded discussion of domestic spending across low-, middle-, and high-income countries to describe the context in which DAH operates, identify health financing gaps, and support the pursuit of universal health coverage. Also new in Financing Global Health this year are detailed data for the funding of specific program areas within DAH for malaria and more thorough analysis of DAH for health system strengthening. This adds to the existing detailed tracking of DAH by program area for HIV/AIDS, maternal, newborn, and child health, and non-communicable diseases (NCDs). The coverage of domestic health spending builds on data and analyses presented in two papers published this year: “Global Burden of Disease Financing Global Health Collaborator Network. Evolution and patterns of global health financing 1995–2014: development assistance for health, and government, prepaid private, and out-of-pocket health spending in 184 countries,” and “Global Burden of Disease Financing Global Health Collaborator Network. Future and potential spending on health 2015–2040 by government, prepaid private, out-of-pocket, and donor financing for 184 countries.” Both analyses were published in The Lancet in April 2017. More information about these data and methods are found in the online methods annex.
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Gender statistics of Uzbekistan
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 junio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Development Indicators of Uzbekistan, 2016
    • enero 2014
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 marzo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Notes: 1. Using subscription number of fixed broadband as the speed indicator is aiming at excluding the data collected on mobile (cellular) networks. 2. Using subscription number of sum of fixed and wireless broadband as the speed indicator is based on the data collected on unspecified netwroks. 3. These speed indicators are averages of all tests done in the quarter using the M-Lab sites (servers) located in corresponding regions of countries. The regions are specified as Australia, Europe including Turkey, Japan, New Zealand, and North and South America. Number of NDT tests listed on the right corresponds to the same tests done in each region. 4. These speed indicators are averages of all tests done in the quarter and calculated by daily data. Table included to this dataset. Table 2.42. Actual download speeds, Fixed or unspecified broadband, from Akamai, M-Lab and Ookla, 1Q2014
    • septiembre 2014
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 abril, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data is a snapshot of Sept,2014   Table used in this dataset are: 1. Table 2.38. Average advertised download and upload speeds, Fixed BB, by technology, Sep. 2014 2. Table 2.39. Advertised download speed, Fixed broadband, Sep. 2014 3. Table 2.41. Advertised download speed, Mobile broadband, Sep. 2014
    • diciembre 2014
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 marzo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Table Used in this dataset is:   Table 2.16. Total fixed broadband subscriptions per 100 inhabitants in the OECD area
    • diciembre 2013
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 marzo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Notes: 1. Total communication access paths = (analogue lines + ISDN lines + DSL + cable modem + fibre + other broadband + mobile subscribers). 2. Fixed telephone access paths: analogue + ISDN lines.   Tables used in this dataset: 1. Table 2.6. Total communication access paths in the OECD area 2. Table 2.7. Total communication access paths per 100 inhabitants in the OECD area 3. Table 2.8. Fixed telephone access paths in the OECD area 4. Table 2.9. Standard analogue telecommunication access lines in the OECD area .
    • diciembre 2013
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 abril, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      MiTT = minutes of international telecommunications traffic. For Germany the MiTT includes VoIP and local traffic.   Tables used in this dataset: 1. Table 2.32. Cellular mobile voice traffic 2. Table 2.33. Cellular mobile traffic per mobile subscriber per year 3. Table 2.34. International telecommunication traffic 4. Table 2.43. Data traffic volume
    • junio 2014
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 abril, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Note: 1. Japan, data are OECD estimates with the tiers lower than 100 Mbits unseparated that may also include auxiliary portion of the top tier. 2. Korea 10.0% is for below 50Mbits / 90.0% is above 50 Mbits Table used in this dataset:  Table 2.40. Subscription ratio by advertised download speed tiers, Fixed BB, June 2014  
    • diciembre 2014
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 marzo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Notes: 1. Korea’s actual number of hosts may be underestimated as the ISC survey methodology relies on ARPA zone information which is not reported by Korean network Tables used in this dataset are: 1. Table 2.55. Internet hosts by domain, 1998-2014 2. Table 2.56. Web servers by domain, 2000-14 3. Table 2.50. Domain name registrations under top level domains, 2000-2014
    • diciembre 2014
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 marzo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Note: 1. The IPv6 user ratio record the percentage of users within each country who are capable of using IPv6. The value is derived from an experimental process that involves testing a randomly selected set of end users on a daily basis. The country codes reflect the location of the recipient of the address allocation and not necessarily that of the location of deployment of the addresses. 2. The data point is end of Ocotber for 2014. 3. Average of daily numbers collected throughout September and October 2014.   Tables that are included to this dataset. Table 2.44. Routed autonomous systems by country, 1997-2014 Table 2.45. IPv6 cumulative allocations by RIR Table 2.46. IPv6 allocations by RIR, yearly basis Table 2.47. IPv4 and IPv6 enabled autonomous systems per country, 2014 Table 2.48. IPv6 user penetration rates Table 2.49. Percentage of Content (Web page) available over IPv6 Table 2.51. Cumulative total of IPv4 address allocations by country, 1997-2014 Table 2.52. Routed IPv4 addresses by country, 1997-2014 Table 2.53. Routed autonomous systems by country and type, 2014 Table 2.54. Average routed IPv4 addresses per AS by country, 1997-2014
    • diciembre 2014
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 marzo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Tables used in this dataset are:  Table 2.10. Cellular mobile subscriptions in the OECD area Table 2.11. Cellular mobile penetration, subscriptions per 100 inhabitants Table 2.12. Mobile pre-paid subscriptions Table 2.13. 3G cellular mobile subscriptions in the OECD area Table 2.14. IP telephone subscriptions in the OECD area Table 2.15. Total fixed broadband subscriptions in the OECD area Table 2.16. Total fixed broadband subscriptions per 100 inhabitants in the OECD area Table 2.18. Total wireless broadband subscriptions in the OECD area
    • diciembre 2013
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 marzo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Tables that are included to this dataset are:    1. Table 4.7. Share of MVNOs subscriptions in total mobile cellular subscriptions, percent 2. Table 4.9. Market share of fixed network operators in the OECD, end-2013 3. Table 4.10. Market share of mobile network operators in the OECD, end-2013
    • diciembre 2014
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 09 marzo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Table included to this dataset: Table 2.57. Secure servers by country, 1998-2014
    • diciembre 2013
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 marzo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Notes: 1. Calculations include estimates 2. Data for Germany (2011), Japan (2011), Hungary (2011), Israel (2010 and 2011), Poland (2010 and 2011), Portugal (2011), United Kingdom (2010) and United States (2011) are estimates.Revenue calculations rely on estimates 3. The total OECD CAGR (2001-2011) calculation excludes Chile, Israel and Slovenia Table usedin this dataset are: 1. 2.26: Public telecommunication investment in the OECD area 2. Tables included to this dataset, Table 2.21. Telecommunication revenue in the OECD area Table 2.22. Telecommunication revenue as a percentage of GDP Table 2.23. Telecommunication revenue ratios Table 2.24. Mobile telecommunication revenue Table 2.25. Cellular mobile telecommunication revenue per cellular mobile subscriptions Table 2.26. Public telecommunication investment in the OECD area Table 2.27. Telecommunication investment by region Table 2.28. Public telecommunication investment as a percentage of telecommunications revenue Table 2.29. Investment in cellular mobile infrastructure in the OECD area Table 2.30. Public telecommunication investment per total communication access path Table 2.31. Public telecommunication investment per capita
    • diciembre 2014
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 marzo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Tables used in this dataset are:   Table 2.17. Total fixed broadband subscriptions by access technology Table 2.19. Total wireless broadband subscriptions by access technology
    • diciembre 2013
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 marzo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Luxembourg is included in Belgium prior to 1999. Trade data for China are estimates corrected for re-exports/re-imports from Hong Kong SAR of China. Tables included to this dataset. Table 2.35. Total staff in telecommunications services Table 2.36. Communication equipment exports, USD millions Table 2.37. Communication equipment imports, USD millions a.
    • agosto 2014
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 marzo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Table included to this dataset. Table 2.70. OECD basket of national leased line charges, monthly price, VAT excluded, Aug. 2014
    • mayo 2007
      Fuente: International Telecommunication Union
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 mayo, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Digital Opportunity Index (DOI) is the only index that includes price data for 181 economies, which is vital in assessing effective market demand. The Digital Opportunity Index (DOI) has been designed to as a tool for tracking progress in bridging the digital divide and the implementa- tion of the outcomes of the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS). As such, it provides a powerful policy tool for exploring the global and regional trends in infrastructure, opportu- nity and usage that are shaping the Information Society.
    • septiembre 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 septiembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment: Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery. Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time. Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three: Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows. Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely: Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares. Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows. Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators: FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • septiembre 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 septiembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment: Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery. Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time. Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three: Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows. Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely: Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares. Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows. Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators: FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • septiembre 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 septiembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment: Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery. Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time. Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three: Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows. Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely: Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares. Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows. Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators: FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • septiembre 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 septiembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment: Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery. Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time. Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three: Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows. Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely: Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares. Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows. Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators: FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • septiembre 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 septiembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment: Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery. Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time. Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three: Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows. Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely: Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares. Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows. Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators: FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • septiembre 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 septiembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment: Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery. Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time. Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three: Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows. Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely: Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares. Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows. Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators: FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • marzo 2013
      Fuente: Cornell University
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 19 diciembre, 2013
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • julio 2015
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 octubre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This table contains data on discouraged workers who are persons not in the labour force who believe that there is no work available due to various reasons and who desire to work. Data are broken down by sex and standardised age groups (15-24, 15-64, 25-54, 55-64, 65+, total).
    • diciembre 2015
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      It presents the different transactions and balances to get from the GDP to the net lending/net borrowing. Therefore, it includes, in particular, national disposable income (gross and net), consumption of fixed capital as well as net saving.
    • junio 2014
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 diciembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_ilev The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • septiembre 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 09 octubre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • septiembre 2012
      Fuente: Americans for Divorce Reform
      Subido por: Knoema
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Divorce Indicators across countries
    • enero 2012
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 noviembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data presented concerns the Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) survey. This survey is a joint project of three organisations, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS) and Eurostat. The first data collection was carried out in 2006 and the second in 2009 in most European countries and some of the most important other members of the OECD, such as the United States. CDH statistics measure important characteristics of doctorate holders, i.e. holders of ISCED6 research qualification. The main topics covered within this collection are the following: - personal characteristics - employment situation - work perceptions - inward international mobility Being the first round of the CDH survey, the 2006 data collection had a certain element of ‘pilot exercise’. Significant comparability issues between countries, mainly due to coverage inconsistencies, resulted in the request for new data under the following two restrictions: - ISCED6 graduates aged below 70 years old - ISCED6 graduates having awarded their degree after 1990. The restricted data was gathered in March 2009 based on the 2006 data collection. CDH data presented here refer to both data collections, the core collection (total) and the restricted collection (graduates after 1990). The CDH 2009 collection covers by definition the holders of ISCED 6 qualification aged below 70 years old. No restriction in the year of graduation has been implemented. However, CDH 2009 figures are also published for the two populations (core and restricted) for reasons of comparability between the two rounds. For more information on the CDH project, please see Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development - Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) project.
    • abril 2013
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 noviembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data presented concerns the Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) survey. This survey is a joint project of three organisations, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS) and Eurostat. The first data collection was carried out in 2006 and the second in 2009 in most European countries and some of the most important other members of the OECD, such as the United States. CDH statistics measure important characteristics of doctorate holders, i.e. holders of ISCED6 research qualification. The main topics covered within this collection are the following: - personal characteristics - employment situation - work perceptions - inward international mobility Being the first round of the CDH survey, the 2006 data collection had a certain element of ‘pilot exercise’. Significant comparability issues between countries, mainly due to coverage inconsistencies, resulted in the request for new data under the following two restrictions: - ISCED6 graduates aged below 70 years old - ISCED6 graduates having awarded their degree after 1990. The restricted data was gathered in March 2009 based on the 2006 data collection. CDH data presented here refer to both data collections, the core collection (total) and the restricted collection (graduates after 1990). The CDH 2009 collection covers by definition the holders of ISCED 6 qualification aged below 70 years old. No restriction in the year of graduation has been implemented. However, CDH 2009 figures are also published for the two populations (core and restricted) for reasons of comparability between the two rounds. For more information on the CDH project, please see Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development - Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) project.
    • marzo 2016
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 abril, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      1. ccTLDs stands for country code Top Level Domains. 2. gTLDs - stands for generic top-level domains.
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • marzo 2017
      Fuente: U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
      Subido por: Ivan Komlev
      Acceso el: 07 marzo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Deaths from drug overdose have been identified as a significant public health burden in the United States in recent years. This report uses data from the National Vital Statistics System (NVSS) to highlight recent trends in drug overdose deaths, describing demographic and geographic patterns as well as the types of drugs involved.
    • diciembre 2008
      Fuente: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Subido por: Peter Speyer
      Seleccionar base de datos
      IHME research, published in the Lancet in 2008. The study, Tracking progress towards universal childhood immunizations and the impact of global initiatives, provides estimates with confidence intervals of the coverage of three-dose diphtheria, tetanus, and pertussis (DTP3) vaccination. The estimates take into account all publicly available data, including data from routine reporting systems and nationally representative surveys.
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: National Association of Insurance Commissioners
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 agosto, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Source: Download Report (2016)   Note: This report provides countrywide and state-specific premium and exposure information for noncommercial dwelling fire insurance and for homeowners insurance package policies. Homeowners package policy data are for the homeowners owner-occupied policy forms (HO-1, HO-2, HO-3, HO-5 and HO-8), the tenant policy (HO-4) and the condominium/cooperative unit owner’s policy (HO-6). This narrative describes the data and discusses the way economic, demographic and natural phenomena impact the price of homeowners insurance. Data consist of written exposures, expressed as house-years,1 and aggregate written premiums by state and countrywide for the 2013 data year. Premium and exposure information was collected for all states and the District of Columbia. The data are displayed in five tables. Three tables show individual state and countrywide exposures grouped by 1) policy type; 2) individual policy form; and 3) amount of insurance coverage, divided into ranges, with percentages of total exposures provided. The last two tables display by-state and countrywide average premiums. Average premiums are calculated by dividing premiums by exposures for each policy form and range of insurance coverage, and represent the cost of a year of coverage. Percentages of totals are provided. Policy forms included in the report are described in detail in the following section. The ranges of insurance amounts extend to higher levels of coverage for the dwelling fire and homeowners owner-occupied policy forms than those for the tenant and condominium insurance, because premiums for the latter two policy forms do not include coverage for the residential structure. To the extent that data are reported to statistical agents, data for statutorily established FAIR plans are included.
  • E
    • octubre 2016
      Fuente: Editorial Projects in Education
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 octubre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Early-childhood Education of United States, 2014
    • julio 2014
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 agosto, 2014
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Tables show earmarked grants classified into the 10 functions (or policy areas) for which they are disbursed. Functions are the same as used in the Classification of Functions of Government (COFOG) by the System of National Accounts. A 'miscellaneous' category has been added to these 10 functions to allow for situations where a precise breakdown by function is not available.
    • julio 2013
      Fuente: Earth Policy Institute
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 julio, 2013
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Contains annual data series on water consumption, irrigated area, solar water and space heating area, countries overpumping aquifers and water deficits for the countries and regions through the time period from 1961 to 2013.
    • febrero 2015
      Fuente: U.S. Geological Survey
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 abril, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 mayo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • mayo 2016
      Fuente: U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 junio, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • diciembre 2010
      Fuente: European Commission
      Subido por: Knoema
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset provides an overview of the most recent and pertinent annual energy related statistics in Europe. The data is drawn from several sources: the European Commission’s services; international organisations, such as the European Environment Agency and the International Energy Agency and, where no data is currently available, from the European Commission’s estimations. The indicator calculations follow the methodology established by the European Commission - DG Energy.
    • octubre 2017
      Fuente: European Central Bank
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 octubre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • junio 2017
      Fuente: European Central Bank
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 agosto, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Euro Area Real-Time Database (RTDB) is an experimental dataset that consists of vintages, or snapshots, of time series of several variables, based on series reported in the ECB’s Monthly Bulletin (MoBu). The database has been constructed in the context of the Real-Time DataBase (RTDB) project that is being coordinated by the Euro Area Business Cycle Network (EABCN). An in-depth presentation of this euro area RTDB can be found in ECB Working Paper No 1145, entitled “An area-wide real-time database for the euro area” by D. Giannone, J. Henry, M. Lalik and M. Modugno (January 2010). It contains indicators published in the MoBu, however, it focuses mainly on raw series (mainly indexes, levels and absolute values) instead of derived values (annual percentage changes) which were actually reported. Users are expected to perform relevant calculations to derive transformed data by using a software of their choice. The dataset was constructed by retrieving data stored in so called “frozen” databases which were used to produce MoBu’s statistical tables since January 2001. However, for selected 38 variables the vintages were reconstructed back to 1999 but are made available in CSV format only (see Dissemination pane). The “freezing” procedure always takes place on a working day ahead of the Governing Council meeting at precise time 3.30 p.m. It should be noted that the technology behind storage databases has evolved over the time and that the quality of early vintages might be in some cases lower due to the lack of good electronic sources available at that time. The quality of these vintages should not be in any case related to the quality of the MoBu itself as the proof reading of the later always ensures the accuracy of numbers published. All indicators in the dataset follow a so called “policy concept”, i.e. they are reported according to the methodology adopted at the time of their publication. For example, the data on GDP at constant prices were replaced by chain indices in November 2005. The dataset reflects this fact as a revision to the GDP series. When using euro area data one should also be particularly aware of a specific definition of the euro area applied. A detailed explanation of various euro area compositions can be found in General Notes of the MoBu. Bearing in mind all these limitations, the dataset should be used for research purposes only and the time series included should not be treated as reference data. For most up to date indicators users should refer to other sections of the SDW.
    • octubre 2016
      Fuente: Fraser Institute
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The economic freedom index measures the degree of economic freedom present in five major areas: [1] Size of Government; [2] Legal System and Security of Property Rights; [3] Sound Money; [4] Freedom to Trade Internationally; [5] Regulation. Within the five major areas, there are 24 components (area) in economic freedom index. Each component and sub-component is placed on a scale from 0 to 10.
    • febrero 2016
      Fuente: California Life Sciences Association
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 abril, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      AdvaMed advocates for a legal, regulatory and economic environment that advances global health care by assuring worldwide patient access to the benefits of medical technology. It promotes policies that foster the highest ethical standards, rapid product approvals, appropriate reimbursement, and access to international markets. Medical technology innovators are committed to providing physicians the best tools to diagnose and treat patients. This commitment drives over 6,000 companies in the U.S. to create medical miracles everyday—leading to an 80 percent increase in patents for breakthrough medical technologies in the last decade
    • junio 2017
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 junio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • mayo 2014
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 mayo, 2014
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The OECD Long Term Baseline analyzes the major economic trends beyond the OECD short-term projections. For all OECD economies, and the major non-OECD economies, it provides coverage of components of potential growth, fiscal balances and debt accumulation, domestic saving and investment balances, and external balances (through the current account). It also includes interest rates consistent with those projections. The database contains annual data to 2060. Variables are defined in such a way that they are as homogenous as possible for the countries covered. Breaks in underlying series are corrected as far as possible. Sources for the historical data are publications of national statistical agencies and OECD statistical publications such as the Annual National Accounts, the International Monetary Fund, the United Nations, and Eurostat.
    • octubre 2016
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • diciembre 2015
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This table contains data on economic short-time workers by professional status (employees or total employment). Economic short-time workers comprise workers who are working less than usual due to business slack, plant stoppage, or technical reasons. However, the definitions are not harmonised which hampers the comparison across countries. Data are broken down professional status - employees, total employment - by sex and by standardised age groups (15-24, 25-54, 55+, total).
    • diciembre 2012
      Fuente: Liberia Institute of Statistics & Geo-Information Services
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 mayo, 2013
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • octubre 2016
      Fuente: Editorial Projects in Education
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 octubre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Economy and workforce of United States, 2014
    • enero 2016
      Fuente: Edelman
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 mayo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      6Edelman Trust Barometer reveals that trust is in crisis around the world. The general population’s trust in all four key institutions — business, government, NGOs, and media — has declined broadly, a phenomenon not reported since Edelman began tracking trust among this segment in 2012. With the fall of trust, the majority of respondents now lack full belief that the overall system is working for them. In this climate, people’s societal and economic concerns, including globalization, the pace of innovation and eroding social values, turn into fears, spurring the rise of populist actions now playing out in several Western-style democracies. To rebuild trust and restore faith in the system, institutions must step outside of their traditional roles and work toward a new, more integrated operating model that puts people — and the addressing of their fears — at the center of everything they do.
    • julio 2015
      Fuente: U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 octubre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Note:All Data Presents in this datset is "Tooth Loss = Yes". The data are from the National Health Interview Survey (NHIS), a continuous national survey of the civilian noninstitutionalized population of the United States. Data are collected through in-person computer assisted household interviews.
    • mayo 2013
      Fuente: Editorial Projects in Education
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 octubre, 2014
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Education Accountability of United States, 2012
    • octubre 2016
      Fuente: Editorial Projects in Education
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 octubre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Education Achievement United States, 2015
    • septiembre 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 octubre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learning Data and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • octubre 2016
      Fuente: Editorial Projects in Education
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 octubre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Education Demographics Indicators United States, 2014
    • septiembre 2015
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 23 noviembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Countries report expenditures by public institutions, government-dependent private institutions, and independent private institutions. These expenditure figures are intended to represent the total cost of services provided by each type of institution, without regard to sources of funds (whether they are public or private). Expenditure is classified into current and capital expenditure. Current expenditure is then broken down, into expenditure on compensation of personnel, and expenditure on other (non-personnel) resources.
    • diciembre 2015
      Fuente: United Nations Development Programme
      Subido por: Misha Gusev
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Calculated using Mean Years of Schooling and Expected Years of Schooling.
    • mayo 2011
      Fuente: Editorial Projects in Education
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 octubre, 2014
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Education Technology United States, 2007
    • diciembre 2016
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Educational attainment is defined as the highest level successfully completed by the person, in the educational system of the country where the education was received. The levels of education are defined according to the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED): - Primary: ISCED level 1 - Lower secondary: ISCED level 2 - Upper and post secondary non-tertiary: ISCED levels 3-4 - Tertiary: ISCED 1997 levels 5-6 or ISCED 2011 levels 5-8.
    • junio 2016
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 09 junio, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The classification of personnel is based on functions and organises staff into four main functional categories: 1) Instructional Personnel; including two sub-groups: A. Classroom Teachers (ISCED 0-4) and Academic Staff (ISCED 5-6); and B. Teacher Aides (ISCED 0-4) and Teaching / Research Assistants (ISCED 5-6); 2) Professional Support for Students; including two sub-groups: A. Pedagogical Support (ISCED 0-4) and Academic Support (ISCED 5-6); B. Health and Social Support (ISCED 0-6); 3) Management/Quality Control/Administration; including four subgroups: A. School Level Management (ISCED 0-6); B. Higher Level Management (ISCED 0-6); C. School Level Administrative Personnel (ISCED 0-6); and D. Higher Level Administrative Personnel (ISCED 0-6); 4) Maintenance and Operations Personnel.
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Institute of Statistics and Economic Studies, Burundi
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 junio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • octubre 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 octubre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The present data collection consists of the following indicators:Interest rates : Day-to-day money market interest rates, 3-month interest rates, Euro yields and Long term government bond yields - Maastricht definitionEuro/Ecu exchange rates: Exchange rates against the ECU/euroEffective exchange rates indices : Nominal Effective Exchange Rate, Real Effective Exchange Rate Â
    • julio 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 agosto, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      20.1. Source data
    • septiembre 2017
      Fuente: Central Agency for Public Mobilization and Statistics of Egypt
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 septiembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Note: Financial Year starts from July to June.
    • septiembre 2017
      Fuente: U.S. Energy Information Administration
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 septiembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • julio 2014
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 agosto, 2014
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Pensions at a Glance indicators, covering all 34 OECD countries, are designed to show future entitlements for workers who entered the labour market in 2008 and spend their entire working lives under the same set of rules. The results presented here include all mandatory pension schemes for private-sector workers, regardless of whether they are public or private.
    • julio 2013
      Fuente: U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
      Subido por: Knoema
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This table displays statistics calculated from data from the National Hospital Ambulatory Medical Care Survey (NHAMCS). The data are from a national sample of visits to the emergency departments of general and short-stay hospitals, exclusive of Federal, military, and Veterans Administration hospitals, in the United States.
    • junio 2016
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 febrero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions from burning of savanna consist of methane (CH4) and nitrous oxide (N2O) gases produced from the burning of vegetation biomass in the following five land cover types: Savanna, Woody Savanna, Open Shrublands, Closed Shrublands, and Grasslands. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as Gg CH4, Gg N2O, Gg CO2eq and Gg CO2eq from both CH4 and N2O, by land cover class (savanna, woody savanna, closed shrubland, open shrubland, grassland) and by aggregates (all categories, savanna and woody savanna, closed and open shrubland). Implied emission factors for N2O and CH4 as well activity data (burned area and biomass burned) are also provided.
    • junio 2016
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Manure ManagementGreenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from manure management consist of methane and nitrous oxide gases from aerobic and anaerobic manure decomposition processes. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories vol. 4, ch. 10 and 11 (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed both as Gg CH4, Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq, by livestock species (asses, buffaloes, camels, cattle (dairy and non-dairy), chickens (broilers and layers), ducks, goats, horses, llamas, mules, sheep, swine (breeding, market), turkeys) and by species aggregates (all animals, camels and llamas, cattle, chickens, mules and asses, poultry birds, sheep and goats, swine). Implied emission factors, direct and indirect emissions (for both N2O and CO2eq) as well as N content in manure are also provided.
    • febrero 2016
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 09 febrero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions from burning of biomass consist of methane and nitrous oxide gases from biomass combustion of forest land cover classes ‘Humid and Tropical Forest’ and ‘Other Forests’, and of methane, nitrous oxide, and carbon dioxide gases from combustion of organic soils. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as Gg CH4, Gg N2O, Gg CO2, Gg CO2eq and Gg CO2eq from both CH4 and N2O, by land cover class (humid tropical forest, other forest, organic soils) and by aggregate (burning - all categories). Implied emission factors for N2O, CH4 and CO2 as well activity data (burned area and biomass burned) are also provided.
    • febrero 2016
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 09 febrero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions data from cropland are currently limited to emissions from cropland organic soils. They are those associated with carbon losses from drained histosols under cropland. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol5.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, region and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as net emissions/removal Gg CO2 and Gg CO2eq. Implied emission factor for C, net stock change Gg C and activity data (area) are also provided.
    • febrero 2016
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 09 febrero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Annual net CO2 emission/removal from Forest Land consist of net carbon stock gain/loss in the living biomass pool (aboveground and belowground biomass) associated with Forest and Net Forest Conversion. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/index.html) and using area and carbon stocks data compiled by countries in the FAO Global Forest Resource Assessments (http://www.fao.org/forestry/fra/en/). GHG emissions are provided by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as net stock change Gg C, net emissions/removals Gg CO2 and CO2eq, by forest or net forest conversion and by aggregate (forest land). Implied emission factor for CO2 as well as activity data (area, net area difference, total forest area and carbon stock in living biomass) are also given.
    • febrero 2016
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 09 febrero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions data from grassland are currently limited to emissions from grassland organic soils. They are those associated with carbon losses from drained histosols under grassland. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol6.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, region and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as net emissions/removal Gg CO2 and Gg CO2eq. Implied emission factor for C, net stock change Gg C and activity data (area) are also provided.
    • febrero 2016
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 09 febrero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Land Use Total contains all GHG emissions and removals produced in the different Land Use sub-domains, representing the three IPCC Land Use categories: cropland, forest land, and grassland, collectively called emissions/removals from the Forestry and Other Land Use (FOLU) sector. FOLU emissions consist of CO2 (carbon dioxide), CH4 (methane) and N2O (nitrous oxide) associated with land management activities. CO2 emissions/removals are derived from estimated net carbon stock changes in above and below-ground biomass pools of forest land, including forest land converted to other land uses. CH4 and N2O, and additional CO2 emissions are estimated for fires and drainage of organic soils. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/index.html). GHG emissions are provided as by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as Gg CO2eq from CH4 and N2O, net emissions/removals as GG CO2 and Gg CO2eq, by underlying land use emission sub-domain and by aggregate (land use total).
    • mayo 2016
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 septiembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset provides selected information on emissions of traditional air pollutants: emission data are based upon the best available engineering estimates for a given period; they concern man-made emissions of sulphur oxides (SOx), nitrogen oxides (NOx), particulate matter, carbon monoxide (CO) and volatile organic compounds (VOC). The share of human activities as a source in total emissions of traditional air pollutants varies depending on the type of pollutant; most SOx emissions are man-made whereas CO and NOx emissions are mainly of natural origin.
    • enero 2012
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 noviembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data presented concerns the Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) survey. This survey is a joint project of three organisations, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS) and Eurostat. The first data collection was carried out in 2006 and the second in 2009 in most European countries and some of the most important other members of the OECD, such as the United States. CDH statistics measure important characteristics of doctorate holders, i.e. holders of ISCED6 research qualification. The main topics covered within this collection are the following: - personal characteristics - employment situation - work perceptions - inward international mobility Being the first round of the CDH survey, the 2006 data collection had a certain element of ‘pilot exercise’. Significant comparability issues between countries, mainly due to coverage inconsistencies, resulted in the request for new data under the following two restrictions: - ISCED6 graduates aged below 70 years old - ISCED6 graduates having awarded their degree after 1990. The restricted data was gathered in March 2009 based on the 2006 data collection. CDH data presented here refer to both data collections, the core collection (total) and the restricted collection (graduates after 1990). The CDH 2009 collection covers by definition the holders of ISCED 6 qualification aged below 70 years old. No restriction in the year of graduation has been implemented. However, CDH 2009 figures are also published for the two populations (core and restricted) for reasons of comparability between the two rounds. For more information on the CDH project, please see Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development - Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) project.
    • abril 2013
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 noviembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data presented concerns the Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) survey. This survey is a joint project of three organisations, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS) and Eurostat. The first data collection was carried out in 2006 and the second in 2009 in most European countries and some of the most important other members of the OECD, such as the United States. CDH statistics measure important characteristics of doctorate holders, i.e. holders of ISCED6 research qualification. The main topics covered within this collection are the following: - personal characteristics - employment situation - work perceptions - inward international mobility Being the first round of the CDH survey, the 2006 data collection had a certain element of ‘pilot exercise’. Significant comparability issues between countries, mainly due to coverage inconsistencies, resulted in the request for new data under the following two restrictions: - ISCED6 graduates aged below 70 years old - ISCED6 graduates having awarded their degree after 1990. The restricted data was gathered in March 2009 based on the 2006 data collection. CDH data presented here refer to both data collections, the core collection (total) and the restricted collection (graduates after 1990). The CDH 2009 collection covers by definition the holders of ISCED 6 qualification aged below 70 years old. No restriction in the year of graduation has been implemented. However, CDH 2009 figures are also published for the two populations (core and restricted) for reasons of comparability between the two rounds. For more information on the CDH project, please see Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development - Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) project.
    • abril 2013
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 noviembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data presented concerns the Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) survey. This survey is a joint project of three organisations, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS) and Eurostat. The first data collection was carried out in 2006 and the second in 2009 in most European countries and some of the most important other members of the OECD, such as the United States. CDH statistics measure important characteristics of doctorate holders, i.e. holders of ISCED6 research qualification. The main topics covered within this collection are the following: - personal characteristics - employment situation - work perceptions - inward international mobility Being the first round of the CDH survey, the 2006 data collection had a certain element of ‘pilot exercise’. Significant comparability issues between countries, mainly due to coverage inconsistencies, resulted in the request for new data under the following two restrictions: - ISCED6 graduates aged below 70 years old - ISCED6 graduates having awarded their degree after 1990. The restricted data was gathered in March 2009 based on the 2006 data collection. CDH data presented here refer to both data collections, the core collection (total) and the restricted collection (graduates after 1990). The CDH 2009 collection covers by definition the holders of ISCED 6 qualification aged below 70 years old. No restriction in the year of graduation has been implemented. However, CDH 2009 figures are also published for the two populations (core and restricted) for reasons of comparability between the two rounds. For more information on the CDH project, please see Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development - Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) project.
    • enero 2012
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 noviembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data presented concerns the Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) survey. This survey is a joint project of three organisations, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS) and Eurostat. The first data collection was carried out in 2006 and the second in 2009 in most European countries and some of the most important other members of the OECD, such as the United States. CDH statistics measure important characteristics of doctorate holders, i.e. holders of ISCED6 research qualification. The main topics covered within this collection are the following: - personal characteristics - employment situation - work perceptions - inward international mobility Being the first round of the CDH survey, the 2006 data collection had a certain element of ‘pilot exercise’. Significant comparability issues between countries, mainly due to coverage inconsistencies, resulted in the request for new data under the following two restrictions: - ISCED6 graduates aged below 70 years old - ISCED6 graduates having awarded their degree after 1990. The restricted data was gathered in March 2009 based on the 2006 data collection. CDH data presented here refer to both data collections, the core collection (total) and the restricted collection (graduates after 1990). The CDH 2009 collection covers by definition the holders of ISCED 6 qualification aged below 70 years old. No restriction in the year of graduation has been implemented. However, CDH 2009 figures are also published for the two populations (core and restricted) for reasons of comparability between the two rounds. For more information on the CDH project, please see Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development - Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) project.
    • abril 2013
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 noviembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data presented concerns the Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) survey. This survey is a joint project of three organisations, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS) and Eurostat. The first data collection was carried out in 2006 and the second in 2009 in most European countries and some of the most important other members of the OECD, such as the United States. CDH statistics measure important characteristics of doctorate holders, i.e. holders of ISCED6 research qualification. The main topics covered within this collection are the following: - personal characteristics - employment situation - work perceptions - inward international mobility Being the first round of the CDH survey, the 2006 data collection had a certain element of ‘pilot exercise’. Significant comparability issues between countries, mainly due to coverage inconsistencies, resulted in the request for new data under the following two restrictions: - ISCED6 graduates aged below 70 years old - ISCED6 graduates having awarded their degree after 1990. The restricted data was gathered in March 2009 based on the 2006 data collection. CDH data presented here refer to both data collections, the core collection (total) and the restricted collection (graduates after 1990). The CDH 2009 collection covers by definition the holders of ISCED 6 qualification aged below 70 years old. No restriction in the year of graduation has been implemented. However, CDH 2009 figures are also published for the two populations (core and restricted) for reasons of comparability between the two rounds. For more information on the CDH project, please see Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development - Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) project.
    • abril 2013
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 noviembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data presented concerns the Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) survey. This survey is a joint project of three organisations, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS) and Eurostat. The first data collection was carried out in 2006 and the second in 2009 in most European countries and some of the most important other members of the OECD, such as the United States. CDH statistics measure important characteristics of doctorate holders, i.e. holders of ISCED6 research qualification. The main topics covered within this collection are the following: - personal characteristics - employment situation - work perceptions - inward international mobility Being the first round of the CDH survey, the 2006 data collection had a certain element of ‘pilot exercise’. Significant comparability issues between countries, mainly due to coverage inconsistencies, resulted in the request for new data under the following two restrictions: - ISCED6 graduates aged below 70 years old - ISCED6 graduates having awarded their degree after 1990. The restricted data was gathered in March 2009 based on the 2006 data collection. CDH data presented here refer to both data collections, the core collection (total) and the restricted collection (graduates after 1990). The CDH 2009 collection covers by definition the holders of ISCED 6 qualification aged below 70 years old. No restriction in the year of graduation has been implemented. However, CDH 2009 figures are also published for the two populations (core and restricted) for reasons of comparability between the two rounds. For more information on the CDH project, please see Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development - Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) project.
    • abril 2013
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 noviembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data presented concerns the Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) survey. This survey is a joint project of three organisations, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS) and Eurostat. The first data collection was carried out in 2006 and the second in 2009 in most European countries and some of the most important other members of the OECD, such as the United States. CDH statistics measure important characteristics of doctorate holders, i.e. holders of ISCED6 research qualification. The main topics covered within this collection are the following: - personal characteristics - employment situation - work perceptions - inward international mobility Being the first round of the CDH survey, the 2006 data collection had a certain element of ‘pilot exercise’. Significant comparability issues between countries, mainly due to coverage inconsistencies, resulted in the request for new data under the following two restrictions: - ISCED6 graduates aged below 70 years old - ISCED6 graduates having awarded their degree after 1990. The restricted data was gathered in March 2009 based on the 2006 data collection. CDH data presented here refer to both data collections, the core collection (total) and the restricted collection (graduates after 1990). The CDH 2009 collection covers by definition the holders of ISCED 6 qualification aged below 70 years old. No restriction in the year of graduation has been implemented. However, CDH 2009 figures are also published for the two populations (core and restricted) for reasons of comparability between the two rounds. For more information on the CDH project, please see Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development - Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) project.
    • julio 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 julio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The definitions of employment and unemployment, as well as other survey characteristics follow the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation. The definition of unemployment is further precised in Commission Regulation (EC) No 1897/2000. The main concepts related to the labour status are the following:Employed persons are all persons who worked at least one hour for pay or profit during the reference week or were temporarily absent from such work.Unemployed persons are all persons who were not employed during the reference week and had actively sought work during the past four weeks and were ready to begin working immediately or within two weeks.The active population (labour force) is defined as the sum of employed and unemployed persons.The inactive population consists of all persons who are classified neither as employed nor as unemployed. Relevant breakdowns used are the following:Part-time workers are employed persons not working full time. The distinction between full-time and part-time work is generally based on a spontaneous response by the respondent. The main exceptions are the Netherlands and Iceland where a 35 hours threshold is applied, Sweden where a threshold is applied to the self-employed, and Norway where persons working between 32 and 36 hours are asked whether this is a full- or part-time position. Temporary contracts :  Employees with a limited duration job/contract are employees whose the main job will terminate either after a period fixed in advance, or after a period not known in advance, but nevertheless defined by objective criteria, such as the completion of an assignment or the period of absence of an employee temporarily replaced. The concept of fixed-term contract is only applicable to employees, not to self-employed. In most of the EU Member States, a majority of jobs are based on written labour contracts. In some countries, however, contracts of this type are settled only in specific cases e.g. for public-sector jobs, apprentices or other trainees within an enterprise. Educational attainment level  ISCED 0-2, ISCED3+4, ISCED5+ : The educational attainment level of an individual is the highest ISCED level successfully completed, the successful completion of an educational programme being validated by a recognised qualification (or credential), i.e. a qualification officially recognised by the relevant national education authorities. The indicators to supplement the unemployment rate are defined as follows:Underemployed part-time workers are persons working part-time who wish to work additional hours and are available to do so. Part-time work is recorded as self-reported by individuals.Persons seeking work but not immediately available are the sum of persons neither employed nor unemployed who: (a) are actively seeking work during the last 4 weeks but not available for work in the next 2 weeks; or (b)found a job to start in less than 3 months and are not available for work in the next 2 weeks; or (c) found a job to start in 3 months or more; or (d)are passively seeking work during the last 4 weeks and are available for work in the next 2 weeks.Persons available to work but not seeking are persons neither employed nor unemployed who want to work, are available for work in the next 2 weeks but are not seeking work. For more details, please consult the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) - Methodology.
    • julio 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 julio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The 'LFS main indicators' section presents a selection of the main statistics on the labour market. They encompass indicators of activity employment and unemployment. Those indicators are based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), in few cases integrated with data sources like national accounts employment or registered unemployment. As a result of the application of adjustments, corrections and reconciliation of EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), 'LFS main indicators' is the most complete and reliable collection of employment and unemployment data available in the sub-domain ' Employment and unemployment'. The EU-LFS data used for 'LFS main indicators' are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator.  The most common adjustments cover: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) - reconciliations of the LFS data with other sources, mainly National Accounts (for Employment growth and activity branches) and national statistics on monthly unemployment (for Harmonised unemployment series). - for a number of indicators (employment, activity, unemployment, supplementary indicators) seasonally adjusted data are available Those adjustments may produce some differences between data published under 'LFS main indicators' and 'LFS series - Detailed survey results', particularly for back data. For the most recent years these two series converge, due to the implementation of a continuous quarterly survey and the improved quality of the data. This page focuses on the particularities of 'LFS main indicators' in general. There are special pages for indicators 'employment growth', 'population in jobless households', 'average exit age of labour market' and 'education indicators: life-long learning, early school leavers and youth education attainment level. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • octubre 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 octubre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • octubre 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 octubre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • diciembre 2015
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Employment, participation rates: population aged 15-64; Unemployment rate: active population aged 15-64.   Rates as defined by the International Labour Organization.
    • marzo 2017
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 marzo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Employment by Country and Activity (ISIC Rev. 4)
    • marzo 2017
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 marzo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Employment by Country, Activity (ISIC Rev. 3.1)
    • diciembre 2016
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 marzo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Employment by full-time and part-time status, sex
    • diciembre 2015
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This table contains the tenure composition (as a percentage of all job tenures). Data are broken down by professional status - employees and total employment - sex, five-year and broad age groups (15-24, 25-54, 55-64, 15-64, total, etc.). Job tenure is measured by the length of time workers have been working with their current employers. This information is valuable for estimating the degree of fluidity in the labour market and in identifying the areas of economic activity where the turnover of labour is rapid or otherwise. Data are reported 32 OECD countries and are missing for Israel and New Zealand as they are collected in their labour force surveys. Unit of measure used - Data are expressed as percentages.
    • octubre 2016
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 octubre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Job tenure is measured by the length of time workers have been in their current or main job or with their current employer. This information is valuable for estimating the degree of fluidity in the labour market and in identifying the areas of economic activity where the turnover of labour is rapid or otherwise. Data are so far reported for a number of European countries and will be expanded to cover a greater number of countries.
    • diciembre 2015
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This table contains data on permanent and temporary workers based on the type of work contract of their main job. Data are further broken down by professional status - employees, total employment - by sex and by standardised age groups (15-19, 15-24, 20-24, 25-54, 55-64, 65+, total). Unit of measure used - Data are expressed in thousands of persons.
    • enero 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 enero, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The indicators 'employment growth and activity branches', both quarterly and annual data, are calculated with special methods different that justify the present page. They are published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. Employment growth and activity branches combines the two main data sources for employment levels, which are EU-LFS and National Accounts. They not completely coherent, for details please refer to the ESMS page on 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', section 17.1 Coherence - cross domain (see link below in section 'related metadata'). In order to ensure the consistency of the productivity of indicators, the primary source of information for employment growth and activity branches is National Accounts data (domestic concept), while the LFS data (national concept) are used for the gender and social breakdowns.
    • marzo 2016
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 marzo, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Fisheries Committee (COFI) from the Trade and Agriculture Directorate (TAD) collects, on an annual basis from all its participating countries, data on landings, aquaculture production, fleet, employment in the fisheries sector, and government financial transfers. Data are collected from Fisheries Ministries, National Statistics Offices and other institution designated as an official data source. Concepts Classifications Data are collected by the OECD using the methodologies established by the Coordinating Working Party on Fishery Statistics (CWP) (www.fao.org/fishery/cwp/search/en). This inter-agency body, created in 1960 to develop common procedures and standards for the collation of fisheries statistics, provides technical advice on fishery statistical matters. Its handbook of Fishery Statistical Standards comprises definitions of the various concepts used in fishery statistics, with the exception of Government Financial Transfers which is unique to the OECD. All other statistics are based on the CWP definitions. The OECD, a partner with the CWP, additionally collects information on values for its landings and records the breakdown between the types of landings (i.e. landings in domestic ports, landings in foreign ports) data series which are not collected by the FAO. While a number of countries cover landings in a similar fashion, the same does not hold true for capacity (feet/meters, GRT/engine powers), or for employment for which both Full-time equivalents or numbers of people are used. The OECD therefore does not duplicate FAO statistics but requests complementary information to feed its analytical work.
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Employment Rate by Age, Marital Status, Sex and Country, 2015
    • febrero 2017
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 marzo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Employment rate by marital status and sex
    • diciembre 2016
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • diciembre 2016
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 marzo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Employment rate of persons aged 25-49 by sex and number of children under 17
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • diciembre 2016
      Fuente: International Energy Agency
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 mayo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      ECD : Energy Prices
    • junio 2017
      Fuente: U.S. Energy Information Administration
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 julio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2012
      Fuente: Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation, Government of India
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 25 diciembre, 2013
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Source: Ministry of Petroleum & Natural Gas. Note: Annual changes and shares of total are calculated using million tonnes per annum figures.
    • mayo 2017
      Fuente: Federal Institute for Geosciences and Natural Resources
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 junio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • mayo 2010
      Fuente: Editorial Projects in Education
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 octubre, 2014
      Seleccionar base de datos
      English-language learners (ELL) United States, 2009
    • septiembre 2016
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 abril, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Enrollment rate per age is the percentage of students enrolled in each type of institution over the total of students.
    • octubre 2016
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The net enrolment ratio is the number of students of the official school-age group (defined by each country) enrolled in secondary-level education per 100 persons of the same age group. The gross enrolment ratio is the number of students enrolled in secondary level education (regardless of their age) per 100 persons of the official school-age group corresponding to secondary-level education. The secondary level consists of lower and upper secondary levels of ISCED 1997.
    • junio 2016
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 febrero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from enteric fermentation consist of methane gas produced in digestive systems of ruminants and to a lesser extent of non-ruminants. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories vol. 4, ch. 10 and 11 (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed both as Gg CH4 and Gg CO2eq, by livestock species (asses, buffaloes, camels, cattle (dairy and non-dairy), goats, horses, llamas, mules, sheep, swine (breeding and market)) and by species aggregates (all animals, camels and llamas, cattle, mules and asses, sheep and goats, swine). Implied emission factor for CH4 and activity data are also provided
    • enero 2016
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 octubre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • agosto 2014
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 septiembre, 2014
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • diciembre 2009
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 mayo, 2014
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_bo_ac_gent The Bologna declaration was signed in 1999 by 29 European ministers responsible for higher education. Today, 46 signatory countries are engaged in the process towards a European Higher Education Area (EHEA). The Bologna Process is an intergovernmental initiative which also involves the European Commission, the Council of Europe and UNESCO-CEPES, as well as representatives of higher education institutions, students, staff, employers and quality assurance agencies. It aims to create a European Higher Education Area by 2010, and to promote the European system of higher education worldwide. More information on the Bologna process is available on http://ec.europa.eu/education/higher-education/doc1290_en.htm. Many indicators on social dimension and mobility in the Bologna process come from the UOE data collection in the education statistics domain. The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The main source of data is the joint UIS (UNESCO Institute of Statistics)/OECD/Eurostat (UOE) questionnaires on education statistics, which constitute the core database on education. Data on regional enrolments and foreign language learning are collected additionally by Eurostat. Countries provide data, coming from administrative records, on the basis of commonly agreed definitions. From the UOE data collection, the following datasets on the Bologna Process are available: A. Widening access educ_bo_ac_ent2: Net entry rate (ISCED 5A) by age and sexeduc_bo_ac_ent3: Female entrants by field of education (ISCED 5A)educ_bo_ac_gent: Entrants at ISCED 5A and qualifying graduates of secondary schooling (ISCED 3A - 4A)educ_bo_ac_el1t: Students (ISCED 5A) studying part-time, by age B. Study framework educ_bo_fi_fgdp: Public expenditure on tertiary education (ISCED 5-6), as % of GDP or total public expenditureeduc_bo_fi_ftot: Annual total expenditure on educational institutions (ISCED 5-6) per full-time equivalent student with and without expenditure on research and ancillary serviceseduc_bo_fi_ffun: Tertiary education institutions' income from private sources (households and other private entities) as % of all public and private sourceseduc_bo_fi_fiaid: Public financial aid to tertiary students (ISCED 5-6), by type of aid, as % of public expenditure on tertiary education C. Student and staff mobility educ_bo_mo_el8o: Students (ISCED 5A and 6) who are nationals of a given country, studying in another country (EU-27, EFTA and CC) as % of the total enrolment in that countryeduc_bo_mo_el8i: Number of foreign students (world and Bologna Area) studying in a given country, as % of the total enrolment in that country, ISCED 5A and 6educ_bo_mo_gr4: Graduates (ISCED 5A and 6) from abroad (non-citizens, permanent residence and prior education outside the country) D. Effective outcomes and employability educ_bo_ou_gren: Gross graduation rate and net entry rate, ISCED 5A   The data for some countries which do not participate in the UOE data collection were provided to Eurostat specifically for the monitoring of the Bologna Process. Not being fully integrated in the UOE, the data sometimes might not be as comparable as the data for the remaining countries, due to differences in the underlying data sources and definitions. These data were provided by the following entities: Andorra (AD): data provided by the University of Andorra (indicators educ_bo_ac_ent3, educ_bo_fi_ffun, educ_bo_mo_el8i, educ_bo_mo_gr4)Armenia (AM): data provided by the Ministry of Education and Science (educ_bo_ac_gent, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_mo_gr4, educ_bo_ou_gren)Georgia (GE): data provided by the NSI, Statistics Georgia (educ_bo_ac_ent3, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_fi_fgdp, educ_bo_mo_gr4)Serbia (RS): data provided by the NSI, Statistical Office of the Republic of Serbia (educ_bo_mo_el8i)Ukraine (UA): data provided by the NSI, State Statistics Committee for Ukraine (educ_bo_ou_gren, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_mo_el8i, educ_bo_mo_gr4, educ_bo_ou_gren)
    • enero 2016
      Fuente: Environmental Performance Index
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 09 marzo, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • enero 2016
      Fuente: Environmental Performance Index
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 marzo, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      A “proximity-to-target methodology” is used to assess how close each country is to an identified policy target. Country scores are determined by how close or far countries are to targets. Scores are standardized (i.e., on a scale of 0 to 100) for comparability, weighting, and aggregation. The Environmental Performance Index (EPI) is constructed through the calculation and aggregation of 20 indicators reflecting national-level environmental data. These indicators are combined into nine issue categories, each of which fit under one of two overarching objectives. The two objectives that provide the overarching structure of the EPI are Environmental Health and Ecosystem Vitality. Environmental Health measures the protection of human health from environmental harm. Ecosystem Vitality measures ecosystem protection and resource management. These two objectives are further divided into nine issue categories that span high-priority environmental policy issues, including air quality, forests, fisheries, and climate and energy, among others. The issue categories are extensive but not comprehensive. Underlying the nine issue categories are 20 indicators calculated from country-level data and statistics. After more than 15 years of work on environmental performance measurement and six iterations of the EPI, global data are still lacking on a number of key environmental issues. These include: freshwater quality, toxic chemical exposures, municipal solid waste management, nuclear safety, wetlands loss, agricultural soil quality and degradation, recycling rates, adaptation, vulnerability, and resiliency to climate change, desertification.
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 agosto, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The OECD Environmental Policy Stringency Index (EPS) is a country-specific and internationally-comparable measure of the stringency of environmental policy. Stringency is defined as the degree to which environmental policies put an explicit or implicit price on polluting or environmentally harmful behaviour. The index ranges from 0 (not stringent) to 6 (highest degree of stringency). The index covers 28 OECD and 6 BRIICS countries for the period 1990-2012. The index is based on the degree of stringency of 14 environmental policy instruments, primarily related to climate and air pollution.
    • diciembre 2013
      Fuente: Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 marzo, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Environmental Scanning and Program Characteristics (ESPC) Database, is intended to facilitate cross-State analyses. Information from the ESPC database can be linked to the Medicaid Analytic eXtract (MAX) files and other Medicaid data to support program and comparative effectiveness research (CER), policy studies, and program evaluations. The ESPC database and companion User Guide can serve as a stand-alone tool to facilitate intra–and inter–state analysis stemming from the implementation of health reform.
    • julio 2016
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 agosto, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      EAMFP growth measures the residual growth in the joint production of both the desirable and the undesirable outputs that cannot be explained by changes in the consumption of factor inputs (including labour, produced capital and natural capital). Therefore, for a given growth of input use, EAMFP increases when GDP increases or when pollution decreases. As part of the growth accounting framework underlying the EAMFP indicator, the growth contribution of natural capital and growth adjustment for pollution abatement indicators are derived: Growth contribution of natural capital - measures to what extent a country's growth in output is attributable to natural resource use; Growth adjustment for pollution abatement - measures to what extent a country's GDP growth should be corrected for pollution abatement efforts - adding what has been undervalued due to resources being diverted to pollution abatement, or deducing the ‘excess' growth which is generated at the expense of environmental quality.
    • enero 2015
      Fuente: Economic Policy Institute
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 abril, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • agosto 2011
      Fuente: Multiple Sources
      Subido por: Knoema
      Seleccionar base de datos
      A compilation of monthly closing stock indices for major stock exchanges across the World. This dataset is updated on a monthly basis.
    • septiembre 2014
      Fuente: Center for Public Integrity
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 octubre, 2014
      Seleccionar base de datos
      With control of Congress in the balance, TV audiences across the country have been bombarded with political ads from campaigns, political committees, super PACs, parties and nonprofit groups. Fueled in large part by loosened restrictions on political money, an ongoing Center for Public Integrity analysis of estimates from ad tracking service Kantar Media/CMAG provide a picture of who is on the air, and where. To oust Democrats from the majority, Republicans need to pick up at least six seats.
    • febrero 2017
      Fuente: U.S. Geological Survey
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 septiembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • septiembre 2017
      Fuente: U.S. Energy Information Administration
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 septiembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Estimates of Annual Fossil-Fuel CO2 Emitted for Each State in the U.S.A. and the District of Columbia for Each Year from 1960 through 2001. Consumption data for coal, petroleum, and natural gas are multiplied by their respective thermal conversion factors, which are in units of heat energy per unit of fuel consumed (i.e., per cubic foot, barrel, or ton), to calculate the amount of heat energy derived from fuel combustion. Results are expressed in terms of heat energy obtained from each fuel type. These energy consumption data were multiplied by their respective carbon dioxide emission factors, which are called carbon content coefficients by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). These factors quantify the mass of oxidized carbon per unit of energy released from a fuel. In the U.S.A., they are typically expressed in units of teragrams of carbon (Tg-C = 10^12 grams of carbon) per quadrillion British thermal units (quadrillion Btu = 10^15 Btu, or "quad"), and are highest for coal and lowest for natural gas. Our results are given in teragrams of carbon emitted. To convert to carbon dioxide, multiply by 44/12 (= 3.67).   Source Details: US Data (Table: 12.1) http://www.eia.gov/totalenergy/data/monthly/#environment States Data http://www.eia.gov/environment/emissions/state/ Emission per capita has been calculated by dividing emission value with residential population of states.
    • enero 2004
      Fuente: Carbon Dioxide Information Analysis Center
      Subido por: Knoema
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Estimates of Monthly CO2 Emissions from Fossil-Fuel Consumption in the U.S.A. The data from which these carbon-emissions estimates were derived are values of fuel consumed: in billions of cubic feet, for natural gas; in millions of barrels, for petroleum products; and in thousands of short tons, for coal. The resulting emissions estimates are expressed as teragrams of carbon. A teragram is 10^12 grams, or 10^6 metric tons. The fuel-consumption values were multiplied by their respective thermal conversion factors, which are in units of heat energy per unit of fuel (i.e., per cubic foot, barrel, or ton). In keeping with conventional usage in the United States, values are for the gross (higher) heating values of the respective fuels. The results are expressed in units of heat energy derived from the fuel. These energy values were then multiplied by their respective carbon dioxide emission factors, in units of the mass of carbon emitted per unit of energy liberated by the oxidation of the carbon in the fuel.
    • noviembre 2013
      Fuente: European Commission
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 septiembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This report covers a wide range of subjects: the economic situation in agriculture, structures, trade, markets, financial aspects and rural development. An introductory chapter gives an overview of the 2012 agricultural year.
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • marzo 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 marzo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Balance of Payments (BOP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, primary and secondary income), as well as on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. International investment position presents value of financial assets owned outside the economy and indebtedness of the economy to the rest of the world. BOP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit for current and capital acount, net acquisition of financial assets or net incurrence of liabilities for BOP financial account and international investment position) towards the external world. Out of BOP data, some indicators on international position of the EU and Member States are derived. Indicators on Main Balance of Payments and International Investment Position items as share of GDP are presented as percentage of GDP for given year or quarter and moving average for 3 consecutive years for:balance, credit and debit flows of current and capital accounts and of main current account  items: goods, services, primary and secondary income,net flows, net acquisition of financial assets and net incurrence of liabilities for total financial account and foreign direct investment, international investment position and net external debt at the end of reference quarter or year. Indicators on export market shares present shares of each EU Member State in total world exports of goods and services for given year, and 1-year and 5-year percentage changes of these shares, as well as shares in OECD exports and 5-year percentage changes of these shares.
    • diciembre 2013
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 diciembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment: Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery. Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time. Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three: Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows. Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely: Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares. Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows. Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators: FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • marzo 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 marzo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Balance of Payments (BOP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, primary and secondary income), as well as on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. International investment position presents value of financial assets owned outside the economy and indebtedness of the economy to the rest of the world. BOP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit for current and capital acount, net acquisition of financial assets or net incurrence of liabilities for BOP financial account and international investment position) towards the external world. Out of BOP data, some indicators on international position of the EU and Member States are derived. Indicators on Main Balance of Payments and International Investment Position items as share of GDP are presented as percentage of GDP for given year or quarter and moving average for 3 consecutive years for:balance, credit and debit flows of current and capital accounts and of main current account  items: goods, services, primary and secondary income,net flows, net acquisition of financial assets and net incurrence of liabilities for total financial account and foreign direct investment, international investment position and net external debt at the end of reference quarter or year. Indicators on export market shares present shares of each EU Member State in total world exports of goods and services for given year, and 1-year and 5-year percentage changes of these shares, as well as shares in OECD exports and 5-year percentage changes of these shares.
    • diciembre 2013
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 septiembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment:Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery.Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time.Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three:Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows.Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely:Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares.Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows.Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators:FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • julio 2015
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 diciembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment: Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery. Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time. Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three: Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows. Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely: Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares. Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows. Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators: FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • agosto 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 agosto, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Balance of Payments (BOP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, primary and secondary income), as well as on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. International investment position presents value of financial assets owned outside the economy and indebtedness of the economy to the rest of the world. BOP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit for current and capital acount, net acquisition of financial assets or net incurrence of liabilities for BOP financial account and international investment position) towards the external world. Out of BOP data, some indicators on international position of the EU and Member States are derived. Indicators on Main Balance of Payments and International Investment Position items as share of GDP are presented as percentage of GDP for given year or quarter and moving average for 3 consecutive years for:balance, credit and debit flows of current and capital accounts and of main current account  items: goods, services, primary and secondary income,net flows, net acquisition of financial assets and net incurrence of liabilities for total financial account and foreign direct investment, international investment position and net external debt at the end of reference quarter or year. Indicators on export market shares present shares of each EU Member State in total world exports of goods and services for given year, and 1-year and 5-year percentage changes of these shares, as well as shares in OECD exports and 5-year percentage changes of these shares.
    • diciembre 2013
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 noviembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment: Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery. Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time. Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three: Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows. Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely: Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares. Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows. Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators: FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • julio 2015
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 agosto, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat Dataset Id:bop_fdi_pos_r2 Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDI abroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment:Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery.Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time.Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three:Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows.Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely:Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares.Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows.Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators:FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • agosto 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 agosto, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Balance of Payments (BOP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, primary and secondary income), as well as on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. International investment position presents value of financial assets owned outside the economy and indebtedness of the economy to the rest of the world. BOP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit for current and capital acount, net acquisition of financial assets or net incurrence of liabilities for BOP financial account and international investment position) towards the external world. Out of BOP data, some indicators on international position of the EU and Member States are derived. Indicators on Main Balance of Payments and International Investment Position items as share of GDP are presented as percentage of GDP for given year or quarter and moving average for 3 consecutive years for:balance, credit and debit flows of current and capital accounts and of main current account  items: goods, services, primary and secondary income,net flows, net acquisition of financial assets and net incurrence of liabilities for total financial account and foreign direct investment, international investment position and net external debt at the end of reference quarter or year. Indicators on export market shares present shares of each EU Member State in total world exports of goods and services for given year, and 1-year and 5-year percentage changes of these shares, as well as shares in OECD exports and 5-year percentage changes of these shares.
    • julio 2015
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 noviembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment:Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery.Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time.Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three:Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows.Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely:Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares.Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows.Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators:FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • julio 2015
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 noviembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment:Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery.Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time.Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three:Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows.Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely:Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares.Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows.Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators:FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • enero 2010
      Fuente: European Commission
      Subido por: Knoema
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset provides an overview of the most recent and pertinent annual energy related statistics in Europe. The data is drawn from several sources: the European Commission’s services; international organisations, such as the European Environment Agency and the International Energy Agency and, where no data is currently available, from the European Commission’s estimations. The indicator calculations follow the methodology established by the European Commission - DG Energy.
    • mayo 2012
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 noviembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Scoreboard has been prepared from companies' annual reports and accounts received by an independent data provider.
    • marzo 2011
      Fuente: EU KLEMS
      Subido por: Knoema
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The construction of this database is financially supported by the European Commission, Research Directorate General as part of the 6th Framework Programme, Priority 8, “Policy Support and Anticipating Scientific and Technological Needs” and as part of the 7th Framework Programme, Theme 8: Socio-Economic Sciences and Humanities, Grant agreement no: 225 281. Any errors or omissions are entirely the responsibility of the GGDC (Groningen Growth and Development Centre).